wire rope sling

Table of Contents

Wire Rope General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11

General Cautions and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

Wire Rope ID and Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5

Handling and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7

Installation, Operation, and Maintenance . . . . . . . . .8-11

Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-23

Important Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12

General Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-16, 20-23

Rotation Resistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-19

Wire Rope Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-29


Wire Rope Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-29

Wire Rope Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-61

Wire Rope Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-39, 42-61

Cable Laid Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-41

Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62-71

Chain Sling Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62

Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63-65

Grab Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66-67

Sling Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68

Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69-71

Web Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72-87

Web Sling Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72-73

Web Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74-83, 85-87

How to Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84

Round Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88-93

Round Sling Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88-89

Round Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-93

Wire Mesh Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94-95

Utility Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96-100

Ultrex Plus Double Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96

Maxibraid Plus Double Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97

Double Esterlon Double Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98

Maxibraid Single Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99

Ultrex Single Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100

Load Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101-107

Load Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101,104-105

Load Restraints – Load Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . .102-103

Load Restraints – Tiedown Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . .106

Load Restraints – Flatbed Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107

Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108-115

Truck and SUV Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108-114

Tractor, Equipment & Off Road Vehicle Tire Chains . . .115

Rigging Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116-161

Forged Wire Rope Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116-117

Wedge Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

Spelter Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119-120

Open Swage Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121

Closed Swage Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122

Round Pin Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123

Screw Pin Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124

Alloy Screw Pin Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125

Bolt-Type Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126-127

Alloy Bolt-Type Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128

COLD TUFF Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129-130

Wide Body Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131

Alloy Master Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132-133

COLD TUFF Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134

Pear Shaped Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135-136

Swivels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137

Forged Swivels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138-139

Hoist Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140

SHUR-LOC Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141

Swivel Hooks & SHUR-LOC Swivel Hooks . . . . . .142-143

Pipe Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144

UNC Swivel Hoist Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145

Heavy Lift Swivel Hoist Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146-147

Forged Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148-149

Forged Machinery Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150

Turnbuckles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151-156

Snatch Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157-161

WIRE ROPE, SLINGS, & RIGGING HARDWARE

2

General Caut ions and WarningsGE

NER

AL I

NFO

RMAT

ION

All products supplied and manufactured by Delta Riggingand Tools are sold with the express understanding that thepurchaser is thoroughly familiar with the safe and properuse and application of the product.

Responsibility for the use and application of the productsrests with the user.

Failure of the product can occur due to misapplication,abuse, or improper maintenance. Product failure couldallow the load to become out of control, resulting inpossible property damage, personal injury or death.

There are numerous government and industry standardsthat cover products sold by Delta Rigging and Tools. Thiscatalog makes no attempt to reference all of them. We doreference the standards that are most frequently askedabout.

Ratings shown in Delta Rigging and Tools literature areapplicable only to new or “in as new” condition products.

Load limit ratings indicate the greatest force or load aproduct can carry under usual environmental conditions.Shock loading and extraordinary conditions must be takeninto account when selecting products for use in a system.

In general, the products displayed in Delta Rigging andTools literature are used as parts of a system beingemployed to accomplish a task. Therefore, we can onlyrecommend within the Working Load Limits, or other statedlimitations, the use of products for this purpose.

The Working Load Limit, or Design Factor, or EfficiencyRating of each Delta Rigging and Tools-supplied productmay be affected by wear, misuse, overloading, corrosion,deformation, intentional alteration, and other useconditions. Regular inspection must be conducted todetermine whether use can be continued at the catalogassigned WLL, a reduced WLL, or whether the product mustbe withdrawn from service.

Delta Rigging and Tools products generally are intended fortension or pull. Side loading must be avoided, as it exertsadditional force or loading which the product is notdesigned to accommodate.

Welding Delta Rigging and Tools-supplied load supportparts or products can be hazardous. Knowledge ofmaterials, heat treatment, and welding procedures arenecessary for proper welding. Delta Rigging and Toolsshould be consulted for information.

The assigned Ultimate Load Rating of Delta Rigging andTools-supplied products for the reeving, of wire, manila, orsynthetic ropes is based upon design; the catalog ultimatestrength for the rope parts, when totaled, may exceed theassigned Ultimate Load Rating.

The Working Load Limit of a sling must not exceed thelowest Working Load Limit of the components in thesystem.

LIMITED WARRANTYPurchaser and Delta Rigging and Tools expressly agree that Delta Rigging and Tools' warranty with respect to sale of its products is LIMITED solely toDelta Rigging and Tools' choice of repair, replacement or refund of the purchase price of any product or part thereof determined by Delta Rigging andTools to be defective within the first 12 months following the transfer to title of the product from Delta Rigging and Tools to the purchaser. Purchaser andDelta Rigging and Tools expressly agree that upon termination of the aforementioned 12 month period, the purchased product carries no warrantywhatsoever. Purchaser and Delta Rigging and Tools expressly agree that the remedies provided in this section are the purchaser’s exclusive remedies inconnection with the purchase or use of the product. Purchaser and Delta Rigging and Tools expressly agree that in no event shall Delta Rigging and Toolsbe liable for any incidental or consequential damages in connection with the purchase or use of the product.

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING EXPRESS WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE HEREBYDISCLAIMED. PURCHASER HEREBY WAIVES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ARISING BY LAW OR OTHERWISE INCLUDING,BUT NOT LIMITED TO, EXPRESS WARRANTIES, THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTIBILITY, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROMCOURSE OF PERFORMANCE, COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, AND IMPLIED WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.ADDITIONALLY, DELTA RIGGING AND TOOLS HEREBY DISCLAIMS ANY OF ITS OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITIES ARISING FROM STATUTE, WARRANTY,CONTRACT, TORT OR NEGLIGENCE.

Complete Agreement: This Warranty between purchaser and Delta Rigging and Tools is complete. All prior or contemporaneous discussions,representations and/or understandings are merged into this Warranty. All prior or contemporaneous agreements between parties are superseded by thisWarranty.

Wire Rope Ident i f icat ion and Construct ion

3

GENERAL IN

FORM

ATION

Wire ropes are identified by a nomenclature that is referenced to: 1) the number of strands in the rope, 2) the number(nominal or exact) and arrangement of wires in each strand, and 3) a descriptive word or letter indicating the type ofconstruction, i.e., the geometric arrangement of wires.

Figure 1. Four Basic Strand Patterns

Figure 2. Combination Strand Patterns

(1 ) STRAND CENTER

The strand center is usually confined to use in stationaryropes such as guys, suspension bridge cables, and inropes of small diameter such as aircraft cable. It is alsooccasionally specified on installations where severecrushing may be experienced.

(2 ) F IBER CENTER

This center is made of either pre-lubricated Java sisalfibers or plastic fibers, usually polypropylene. Thesefibers are made into an extremely hard-laid rope whichwill stand up under the high pressures of rope service.These centers are used only when normal operatingloads do not rupture the fibers. The polypropylene centeris generally recommended when operating conditionsother than crushing destroy the sisal. One examplewould be the presence of acid.

(3 ) INDEPENDENT WIRE ROPECENTER ( IWRC)

An independent wire rope center is usually specified toprovide for one or more of three particular requirements,as follows:(a) Increased strength(b) Greater resistance to crushing(c) Resistance to excessive heat

An “IWRC” increases the strength by 7% and weight ofa wire rope by 10%, and decreases the flexibilityslightly. It greatly increases the resistance of the wirerope to crushing and is especially recommended oninstallations where severe loads are placed on ropesrunning over sheaves or wound on drums. Unlessrequired for one or more of the above properties, theuse of an “IWRC” should be avoided.

7 WIRE 19 WARRINGTON 19 SEALE 25 FILLER WIRE

31 WARRINGTON 46 SEALEFILLER WIRE

43 FILLERWIRE SEALE

49 SEALEWARRINGTON SEALE

SELECTING THE PROPER TYPE OF WIRE ROPE CENTERThere are three general types of wire rope centers.

4

Wire Rope Ident i f icat ion and Construct ionGE

NER

AL I

NFO

RMAT

ION

WIRE ROPE CROSS SECTIONSCross sections of some commonly used wire rope constructions.

6 x 7 FIBER CORE 6 x 19 SEALEIWRC

6 x 21 FILLER WIREWITH FIBER CORE

6 x 25 FILLER WIREWITH FIBER CORE

6 x 25 FILLER WIREIWRC

6 x 26 WARRINGTONSEALE IWRC

6 x 19 STAINLESS STEEL 7 x 7 AIRCRAFT CABLE 7 x 19 AIRCRAFT CABLE 7 x 7 x 19 CABLE LAID


6 x 36 SEALE FILLERWIRE IWRC

6 x 36 WARRINGTONSEALE FIBER CORE

6 x 31 FILLER WIRESEALE IWRC

6 x 36 SEALEIWRC


19 x 7 NON-ROTATING

35 x 7 ROTATION-RESISTANT



Wire Rope Ident i f icat ion and Construct ion

5

GENERAL IN

FORM

ATION

CONSTRUCTION OF TYPICAL ROPE LAYSFive different lays of rope to choose from.

Wire rope is identified not only by its component parts, but also by its construction, i.e., by the way the wires have beenlaid to form strands, and by the way the strands have been laid around the core.

A regular lay rope is one in which the direction of lay of the wires of the individual strands is opposite to that of thestrands in the rope resulting in the individual wires running parallel to the longitudinal axis of the rope.

A lang lay rope is one in which the direction of the wires of the individual strand is the same as that of the strands in therope resulting in the individual wires running diagonally across the longitudinal axis of the rope.

In an alternate right and left lay rope, the strands are alternately regular lay and lang lay. This construction is seldomused, its principal application being on button conveyors.

Lang lay ropes are advantageous over regular lay ropes in that they provide a greater wearing surface, result in lesswear on sheave equipment and provide a greater bending fatigue resistance, however, they are not nearly as stable asregular lay ropes from a standpoint of resisting crushing and “bird-caging,” therefore they are limited in their applicationsand should be used only where recommended by a qualified wire rope engineer.

(1) Right Regular Lay

(2) Left Regular Lay

(3) Right Lang Lay

(4) Left Lang Lay

(5) Right Alternate Lay

Wire Rope Technical Board

6

Handl ing and Insta l lat ionGE

NER

AL I

NFO

RMAT

ION

RECEIVING, INSPECTION AND STORAGEFor all wire rope, the best time to begin taking appropriate care and handling measures is immediately upon receiving it.On arrival, the rope should be carefully checked to make certain that the delivered product matches the description ontags, requisition forms, packing slips, purchase orders, and invoice.

Figure 5. By holding the right or lefthand with index finger extended, palmup or palm down, the properprocedure for applying left- and right-lay rope on a smooth drum can beeasily determined.

Figure 4. The correct and the wrong way to wind wire rope from reel to drum.

Figure 3. Checking the Diameter

RIGHT WAY WRONG WAY

MEASURING WIREDIAMETER

The true diameter of a wire rope is thediameter of a circle enclosing it. Forthis reason, measurements todetermine the size of the rope shouldbe taken across the longest diameter.The illustrations show the right andwrong way of measuring the rope.

WINDING ON A DRUM

Wire rope, when winding on the drum,will rotate in the direction of its helixangle – that is, when standing behindthe drum looking toward the directionof rope travel, a right lay rope willrotate counter clockwise and a left layrope clockwise. Therefore whenwinding one layer only on a flat faceddrum, the correct lay rope to use (asillustrated below) will wind smoothly.

It is not necessary to investigate thiscondition on grooved drums where therope has a definite track to follow. It iscustomary to use right lay ropes in themajority of cases and therefore left layropes should be used only where it isnot economical to wind in the directionfor right lay ropes as illustrated.

CORRECT INCORRECT

OVERWINDWind Right to Left

USE LEFT LAY ROPE

OVER

WIN

D

UNDE

RWIN

D

OVERWINDWind Left to Right

USE RIGHT LAY ROPE

UNDERWINDWind Left to Right

UNDERWINDWind Right to Left


Handl ing and Insta l lat ion

7

GENERAL IN

FORM

ATION

CALCULATING DRUM CAPACITYThe capacity of a drum for wire rope in feet uniformlywound is calculated by the following formula:

L = (A + B) x A x C x K

L = Length of rope in feetA = Depth of flange in inches minus clearanceB = Diameter of drum in inchesC = Width of drum in inches

Figure 6. Clearance= Minimumclearances shouldbe about 1 inch forropes 1/2 inch andsmaller and abouttwice the diameterof the rope for ropes9/16 inch diameterand larger.

Figure 7. Wherever practicable, the headsheave should be placed so that its centerline bisects the portion of the drum whichthe rope traverses.

FLEET ANGLESDefining fleet angles on installations where therope passes over a sheave onto the drum.

To prevent a poor winding condition of wire rope onthe drums of any equipment and excessive wear ofrope on the flanges of a fixed position or head sheaveleading to the drum, the maximum angle between thecenter line of the sheave and the rope when at eitherside of the drum should not be greater than 1-1/2º forsmooth faced drums and 3º for grooved drums. Thisangle is known as the fleet angle.

A fleet angle of 1-1/2º is equivalent to a lead of 40feet per foot of fleet across the drum, measured fromthe center line of the sheave or a lead of 20 feet perfoot of fleet across the drum for a fleet angle of 3º.

Smaller fleet angles may result in the rope piling upon the drum. Larger fleet angles may cause excessivewear from rubbing against the flanges of the sheaveas well as excessive crushing and abrasion of the ropeon the drum.

CONSTANT = K

Clearance

ROPE DIAMETER (IN.) CONSTANT ROPE DIAMETER (IN.) CONSTANT

1/4 4.52 1-1/8 .220

3/8 2.01 1-1/4 .170

7/16 1.47 1-3/8 .142

1/2 1.13 1-1/2 .115

9/16 .894 1-5/8 .105

5/8 .725 1-3/4 .090

3/4 .503 1-7/8 .080

7/8 .355 2 .070

1-1/2 .280 2-1/8 .060


8

Insta l lat ion, Operat ion and MaintenanceGE

NER

AL I

NFO

RMAT

ION

PROPER SHEAVE AND DRUM DIAMETERSIncluding groove diameters and relative merits of various materials for sheaves and drums.

Figure 8. Illustrates the various dimensions of asheave, and the use of a sheave gauge(illustraton on left).

In all applications of wire rope wherein the use ofsheaves and drums are involved, the design of thesesheaves and drums with respect to dimensions andmaterials has considerable bearing on the service lifereceived from the wire rope operating on thisequipment. The actual service received may bedecreased by 50% or more where faulty equipment isinvolved.

The four main factors to be considered from thisstandpoint are:1. Design2. Materials Used3. Alignment4. Care of the equipment in service

For all elevator ropes, the tolerances shall be +1/64minimum to +1/32 maximum.

The use of sheave groovers smaller than, or in excessof, the above tolerances may result in materiallyreduced service.

Maximum efficiency will be obtained from sheaveswhose flanges form an angle of approximately 15º withthe vertical as shown resulting in about 42% of thecircumference of the rope in contact with the groove ofthe sheave. Grooves with vertical flanges areunsatisfactory because they result in excessive chafingof the rope.

NOMINAL ROPE DIAMETER

(INCHES)

GROOVE DIAMETER TOLERANCES

MINIMUM MAXIMUM

1/4 through 5/16 + 1/64 + 1/32

3/8 through 3/4 + 1/32 + 1/16

13/16 through 1-1/8 + 3/64 + 3/32

1-3/16 through 1-1/2 + 1/16 + 1/8

1-9/16 through 2-1/4 + 3/32 + 5/32

2-5/16 up + 1/8 + 3/16

DIAMETER TOLERANCES FOR SHEAVE GROOVES

Insta l lat ion, Operat ion and Maintenance

9

GENERAL IN

FORM

ATION

PROPER SHEAVE AND DRUM DIAMETERSRecommended minimum tread diameters of sheaves and drums in inches for operating ropes.

ROPEDIAMETER(INCHES)

6 X 7(42D)

6 X 19 SEALE18 X 17NON-SPINNING(34D)

6 X 16 FILLER WIRE6 X 19 WARRINGTONFLATTENED STRAND (30D)

8 X 19 SEALE6 X 19 FILLER WIRE(26D)

6 X 37 SEALE6 X 41 SHOVEL(18D)

6 X 42TILLER(34D)

1/4 10-1/2 8-1/2 7-1/2 6-1/2 ............... 3-1/25/16 13-1/4 10-3/4 9-1/2 8-1/4 ............... 4-1/23/8 15-3/4 12-3/4 11-1/4 9-3/4 6-3/4 5-1/47/16 18-1/2 15 13-1/4 11-1/2 8 6-1/41/2 21 17 15 13 9 79/16 23-1/2 19-1/4 17 14-3/4 10-1/4 85/8 26-1/4 21-1/4 18-3/4 16-1/4 11-1/4 8-3/43/4 31-1/2 25-1/2 22-1/2 19-1/2 13-1/2 10-1/27/8 36-3/4 29-3/4 26-1/4 22-3/4 15-3/4 ...............

1 42 34 30 26 18 ...............

1-1/8 47-1/4 38-1/4 33-3/4 29-1/4 20-1/4 ...............

1-1/4 52-1/2 42-1/2 37-1/2 32-1/2 22-1/2 ...............

1-3/8 ............... 46-3/4 41-1/4 35-3/4 24-3/4 ...............

1-1/2 ............... 51 45 39 27 ...............

1-5/8 ............... 55-1/4 48-3/4 42-1/4 29-1/4 ...............

1-3/4 ............... 59-1/2 52-1/2 45-1/2 31-1/2 ...............

1-7/8 ............... 63-3/4 56-1/4 48-3/4 33-3/4 ...............

2 ............... 68 60 52 36 ...............

In determining the factor of safety for any installation involvingthe use of wire rope, there are several points which must betaken into consideration including impact, normal and staticloads, acceleration, types of attachments used, types andarrangement of sheaves and drums, economical rope life, thereserve strength of the rope to be used, and the degree ofdanger to life and property. Each and every one of these pointsmust be given due consideration in the determination of thefactors of safety and the rope to be used.

The factor of safety is determined by dividing the breaking strengthof the rope used by the maximum load to be applied thereon, i.e.,the factor of safety of 1 inch 6 x 19 improved Plow Steel rope witha breaking strength of 41.8 tons having a maximum applied load of8.36 tons is 41.8 divided by 8.36 or 5 to 1.

While arbitrary values for factors of safety cannot be definitelyset for various classifications of service due to the considerablenumber of variables as described above in each installation, thefollowing minimum safety factors have been establishedthrough considerable experience as being satisfactory undernormal conditions.

On special installations, may we suggest that you contact ourengineering department for information as to safe loads anddesirable factors of safety.

SAFE LOADS - FACTORS OF SAFETYSeveral points must be taken into consideration during installation.

Derrick Guys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Stack Guys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Wrecking Ropes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Towing Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Logging Ropes

Spar Tree Guy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1/2

Sky Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Flying Yarders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3/4

Operation Ropes on

Clamshell Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Mine Hoists, Refuse Planes

and Slopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Industrial Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Hot Ladle Cranes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Elevators

Slow Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 to 10

High Speed Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 to 12

Suspension Bridge

Main Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Suspender Ropes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Cableway Track Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

10

GEN

ERAL

IN

FORM

ATIO

NInsta l lat ion, Operat ion and Maintenance

SHOCK LOADSSeveral points must be taken into consideration during installation.

HOW CAN YOU AVOID SHOCKLOADS?

1. Make sure there is no slack and no jerking of therope at the start of the loading.

2. Watch carefully the loads hoisted to see that they arenot beyond the rope’s proper working load.

3. Do not allow rope to become fouled or jammed eitheron the drum or by jumping a sheave.

4. Start load carefully. Too fast acceleration overloadsthe rope. Watch how the rope “takes it” on the pick-up.Apply power smoothly and steadily.

THE OPERATOR IS ALL-IMPORTANT

Provided the equipment is in good condition, and thecorrect rope is properly installed, the responsibility liessquarely on the operator to avoid shock loads. A goodoperator is a good rope’s best friend, and when thisfriendship ceases, the rope might just as well be cut upwith a torch or emery wheel. An operator can “make orbreak” a wire rope. There is no substitute for experiencein handling rope and a desire to get the most out of it.

EXAMPLE OF SHOCK

TAKING UP SLACK AT FULL SPEED

WHAT FACTOR DO YOU HAVE LEFT WHEN CONDITION CHANGED TO “D”?

If Safety Factor of 5 was provided for Condition “A”

TOTAL LOAD AT REST “A” 6,375 lbs.

TAKING UP 3" SLACK “B” 11,200 lbs.

TAKING UP 6" SLACK “C” 12,250 lbs.

TAKING UP 12" SLACK “D” 15,675 lbs.

STRESS ON THE ROPE

11

GENERAL IN

FORM

ATION

Insta l lat ion, Operat ion and Maintenance

SUMMARY OF SUGGESTIONSObtaining the maximum possible service from wire rope.

DO NOT SUBJECT ROPES TOACID FUMES, EXCESSIVE HEATOR MOISTURE

Wire rope, being made of steel, is subject to rapiddeterioration through exposure to acid fumes, excessiveheat, or moisture. Should the type of installation requirethat it be exposed to any or all of these conditions, itshould be protected accordingly and extreme careshould be taken to ensure the proper type of rope beingrecommended for this type of installation.

SELECT THE PROPER SIZE,GRADE AND CONSTRUCTION OFROPE

This is the prime factor in obtaining maximum servicefrom wire rope. In order to ensure the initial installationof the proper type rope, we maintain a staff of competent,experienced wire rope engineers who are at all timesavailable to serve you in recommending proper types ofrope for any and all types of rope-using equipment.

ALWAYS KEEP YOUR ROPESPROPERLY LUBRICATED

A wire rope is in reality a machine with its componentwires constituting its moving parts, therefore it shouldbe treated as a machine with regards to lubricationduring periods of service. While it is true that all ropesare treated at the factory with the very best availablelubricants, these lubricants in many instances cannot beexpected to last throughout the service life of the rope.For this reason, strict attention to the requirements oflubrication of wire rope while in service will result ingreatly improved performance and service obtained.

KEEP ROPES PROPERLY SEIZEDAT ALL TIMES TO PREVENT HIGHSTRANDS AND UNLAYING OF ROPE

An improperly seized non-preformed rope is subject notonly to the loss of the portion of rope which will fray outor unlay if the seizing becomes loose, but in addition,may result in one or more high strands which will workback into the rope resulting in early destruction of therope due to concentrated wear on these high strands.

NEVER ALLOW ROPES TO KINKOR BIRDCAGE AS THEY WILL BEPERMANENTLY DAMAGED

A permanent kink or “bird-cage” cannot be repaired.Either of these conditions, almost invariably caused byimproper handling, results in greatly decreased serviceor immediate removal of the rope. In addition, the kinkor “bird-cage” is a weak spot in the rope and greatlyreduces the tensile strength of the rope.

USE PROPER SIZE AND TYPE OFSHEAVES AND DRUMS

The use of the proper size and type of sheaves and drumswill provide greatly increased rope service, far out of theproportion to the cost of installation of proper equipment.

WHERE END FITTINGS AREUSED, USE STANDARDPRESCRIBED METHODS OFAPPLYING SAME

A chain is no stronger than its weakest link. The samestatement may be applied to wire rope with end fittings.

12

Important WarningsW

IRE

ROPE

Anyone using this publication must read and understand allwarnings and other information listed below and precedingand/or adjacent to the product description. The followingapply to all of the products in this price list. Warningsspecific to individual products are printed at the beginningof each product section.

All products are sold with the express understanding thatthe purchaser is thoroughly familiar with their correctapplication and safe use. Use all products properly, in asafe manner and for the application for which they wereintended. Delta Rigging and Tools assumes no responsibilityfor the use or misapplication of any product sold by thisfirm. Responsibility for design and use decisions rests withthe user.

REMEMBER: ANY PRODUCT WILLBREAK IF ABUSED, MISUSED,OVERUSED OR NOT MAINTAINEDPROPERLY.

Such breaks can cause loads to fall or swing out ofcontrol, possibly resulting in serious injury or death aswell as major property damage.

Therefore:1. Never exceed the Working Load Limit (WLL).2. Match components properly.3. Keep out from under a raised load.4. Avoid shock loads.5. Inspect products regularly.

It would be impossible in the scope of this publication to listall possible dangers and misapplications associated withthe use of all products contained herein. However, in orderto promote safe rigging habits, the most common hazardsassociated with the use of these products are outlined.

WORKING LOAD LIMIT

This is the term used throughout the catalog. There are,however, other terms used in the industry which areinterchangeable with the term Working Load Limit. Theseare: WLL, SWL, Safe Working Load, Rated Load Value,Resulting Safe Working Load, and Rated Capacity.

Never exceed the Working Load Limit (WLL). The WorkingLoad Limit is the maximum load which should ever beapplied to a product, even when the product is new andwhen the load is uniformly applied – straight line pull only.Avoid side loading. All catalog ratings are based uponusual environmental conditions, and consideration must begiven to unusual conditions such as extreme high or lowtemperatures, chemical solutions or vapors, prolongedimmersion in salt water, etc. Such conditions or high-riskapplications may necessitate reducing the Working LoadLimit.

MATCHING OF COMPONENTS

Components must match. Make certain that componentssuch as hooks, links or shackles, etc. used with wire rope(or chain or cordage) are of suitable material size andstrength to provide adequate safety protection. Attachmentsmust be properly installed and must have a Working LoadLimit at least equal to the product with which they areused. Remember: Any chain is only as strong as itsweakest link.

RAISED LOADS

Keep out from under a raised load. Take notice of therecommendation from the National Safety Council AccidentPrevention Manual concerning all lifting operations:

*All employees working at cranes or hoists or assistingin hooking or arranging a load should be instructed tokeep out from under the load. From a safety standpoint,one factor is paramount: Conduct all lifting operationsin such a manner, that if there were an equipmentfailure, no personnel would be injured. This meanskeep out from under a raised load and keep out of theline of force of any load.

Do not operate a load over people. Do not ride on loads.

SHOCK LOADS

Avoid impacting, jerking or swinging of load as theWorking Load Limit could be exceeded and the WorkingLoad Limit will not apply. A shock load is generallysignificantly greater than the static load. Avoid shock loads.

READ ALL WARNINGS BEFORE USING THIS PUBLICATIONFailure to follow warnings and instructions may result in serious injury or death.

General Purpose Wire Ropes

13

WIRE RO

PE

BRIGHT 6 X 19 CLASSIFICATION6 x 19 classification ropes provide an excellent balance between fatigue and wear resistance. They give excellent servicewith sheaves and drums of moderate size: 6 x 19 classification ropes contain 6 strands with 15 through 26 wires perstrand, no more than 12 of which are outside wires.

FIBER CORE STEEL CORE ( IWRC)

WARNING: Any warranties, expressed or implied, concerning the use of this product apply only to the nominal strength ofnew, unused wire rope. All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained. Most importantly, wirerope must be regularly inspected during use. Damage, abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. Consult theAISI Wire Rope Users Manual, ASME or ANSI Standards, before usage. Wire rope removal criteria are based on the use ofsteel sheaves. If synthetic sheaves are used, consult the sheave equipment manufacturer.

Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section.

DIAMETER(INCHES)

FIBER CORE (IPS)

APPROX. WEIGHTPER FOOT IN POUNDS

BREAKING STRENGTHIN TONS*

1/4 .105 2.74

5/16 .164 4.26

3/8 .236 6.10

7/16 .32 8.27

1/2 .42 10.7

9/16 .53 13.5

5/8 .66 16.7

3/4 .95 23.8

7/8 1.29 32.2

1 1.68 41.8

1-1/8 2.13 52.6

1-1/4 2.63 64.6

1-3/8 3.18 77.7

1-1/2 3.78 92.0

1-3/4 5.15 124.0

2 6.72 160.0

2-1/4 8.51 200.0

2-1/2 10.5 244.0

DIAMETER(INCHES)

STEEL CORE IWRC (EIPS)



1/4 .116 3.4

5/16 .18 5.27

3/8 .26 7.55

7/16 .35 10.2

1/2 .46 13.3

9/16 .59 16.8

5/8 .72 20.6

3/4 1.04 29.4

7/8 1.42 39.8

1 1.85 51.7

1-1/8 2.34 65.0

1-1/4 2.89 79.9

1-3/8 3.50 96.0

1-1/2 4.16 114.0

1-5/8 4.88 132.0

1-3/4 5.67 153.0

2 7.39 198.0

2-1/4 9.36 247.0

2-3/8 10.4 274.0

2-1/2 11.6 302.0

*1 ton = 2000 lbs.

*1 ton = 2000 lbs.

14

General Purpose Wire RopesW

IRE

ROPE

BRIGHT 6 X 37 CLASSIFICATION6 x 37 classification ropes are more flexible but less abrasion resistant than the 6 x 19 classification. Each strand containsnumerous small diameter wires. As the number of wires increases, flexibility increases. 6 x 37 classification ropes contain6 strands with 27 through 49 wires, no more than 18 of which are outside wires.

FIBER CORE STEEL CORE ( IWRC)



DIAMETER(INCHES)




1/4 .116 3.4

5/16 .18 5.27

3/8 .26 7.55

7/16 .35 10.2

1/2 .46 13.3

9/16 .59 16.8

5/8 .72 20.6

3/4 1.04 29.4

7/8 1.42 39.8

1 1.85 51.7

1-1/8 2.34 65.0

1-1/4 2.89 79.9

1-3/8 3.50 96.0

1-1/2 4.16 114.0

1-5/8 4.88 132.0

1-3/4 5.67 153.0

2 7.39 198.0

2-1/4 9.36 247.0

2-1/2 11.6 368.0

3 16.6 428.0

DIAMETER(INCHES)

FIBER CORE (IPS)



1/4 .105 2.74

5/16 .164 4.26

3/8 .236 6.10

7/16 .32 8.27

1/2 .42 10.7

9/16 .53 13.5

5/8 .66 16.7

3/4 .95 23.8

7/8 1.29 32.2

1 1.68 41.8

1-1/8 2.13 52.6

1-1/4 2.63 64.6

1-3/8 3.18 77.7

1-1/2 3.78 92.0

1-3/4 5.15 124.0

2 6.72 160.0

2-1/4 8.51 200.0

2-1/2 10.5 244.0

*1 ton = 2000 lbs.

*1 ton = 2000 lbs.


15

WIRE RO

PE



GALVANIZED FIBER CORE6 X 19 CLASSIFICATION 6 X 37 CLASSIFICATION

DIAMETER(INCHES)

6 X 19 CLASSIFICATION


MINIMUM BREAKINGSTRENGTH IN TONS*

3/16 .059 1.40

1/4 .105 2.47

5/16 .164 3.83

3/8 .236 5.49

7/16 .32 7.44

1/2 .42 9.63

9/16 .53 12.1

5/8 .66 15.0

3/4 .95 21.4

7/8 1.29 29.0

1 1.68 37.6

1-1/8 2.13 47.3

1-1/4 2.63 58.1

1-3/8 3.18 69.9

1-1/2 3.78 82.8

1-5/8 4.44 96.3

1-3/4 5.15 112.0

1-7/8 5.91 127.0

2 6.72 144.0

2-1/8 7.59 161.0

2-1/4 8.51 180.0

DIAMETER(INCHES)




1/4 .105 2.47

5/16 .164 3.83

3/8 .236 5.49

7/16 .32 7.44

1/2 .42 9.63

9/16 .53 12.1

5/8 .66 15.0

3/4 .95 21.4

7/8 1.29 29.0

1 1.68 37.6

1-1/8 2.13 47.3

1-1/4 2.63 58.1

1-3/8 3.18 69.9

1-1/2 3.78 82.8

1-5/8 4.44 96.3

1-3/4 5.15 112.0

1-7/8 5.91 127.0

2 6.72 144.0

2-1/8 7.59 161.0

2-1/4 8.51 180.0

*1 ton = 2000 lbs.

*1 ton = 2000 lbs.

16


IRE

ROPE

DRAWN GALVANIZED STEEL CORE (IWRC)6 X 19 CLASSIFICATION 6 X 37 CLASSIFICATION



DIAMETER(INCHES)




1/4 .116 3.4

5/16 .180 5.27

3/8 .260 7.55

7/16 .35 10.2

1/2 .46 13.3

9/16 .59 16.8

5/8 .72 20.6

3/4 1.04 29.4

7/8 1.42 39.8

1 1.85 51.7

1-1/8 2.34 65.0

1-1/4 2.89 79.9

1-3/8 3.50 96.0

1-1/2 4.16 114.0

1-5/8 4.88 132.0

1-3/4 5.67 153.0

1-7/8 6.50 198.0

2 7.39 247.0

2-1/8 8.35 368.0

2-1/4 9.36 428.0

DIAMETER(INCHES)




1/4 .116 3.4

5/16 .180 5.27

3/8 .260 7.55

7/16 .35 10.2

1/2 .46 13.3

9/16 .59 16.8

5/8 .72 20.6

3/4 1.04 29.4

7/8 1.42 39.8

1 1.85 51.7

1-1/8 2.34 65.0

1-1/4 2.89 79.9

1-3/8 3.50 96.0

1-1/2 4.16 114.0

1-5/8 4.88 132.0

1-3/4 5.67 153.0

1-7/8 6.50 198.0

2 7.39 247.0

2-1/8 8.35 368.0

2-1/4 9.36 428.0

*1 ton = 2000 lbs. *1 ton = 2000 lbs.

Rotat ion Resistant Wire Ropes

17

WIRE RO

PE


19 X 19 ROTATION -


NOMINAL STRENGTHIN TONS*

1/2 .54 14.6

9/16 .69 18.5

5/8 .83 22.7

3/4 1.19 32.4

7/8 1.62 43.8

1 2.12 56.9

1-1/8 2.68 71.5

1-1/4 3.31 87.9

1-3/8 4.01 106.0

1-1/2 4.77 125.0

19 X 19 ROTATION-RESISTANT19 x 19 is recommended for both multipart load and singlepart fast line applications where rotational stability of the liftedload is needed, such as for use as a long fall on offshore pedestal cranes, rough and all terrain cranes, and crawler cranes.



19 X 19 ROTATION - RESISTANT19 X 19 PROVIDES:

Fatigue ResistanceImproved fatigue properties are derived through thecombination of the flexible 19 x 19 construction and diedrawn strands. The drawn strand surfaces minimize theinterstrand and interlayer nicking that take place in roundrotation-resistant ropes.

Abrasion ResistanceDie drawn ropes provide improved abrasion resistance ascompared with round wire ropes because of the greaterwire and strand bearing surfaces contacting sheaves anddrums.

Resistance to Drum Crushing19 x 19 wire ropes are resistant to the effects of drumcrushing due to the compacted strands and smoothnessof the rope surface.

FlexibilityWith 19 strands of 19 wires in all diameters, 19 x 19remains extremely flexible and easy to handle during boththe installation process and under the extremely harshconditions form fast line speeds during spooling.

RESISTANT

*Acceptance strength is not less than 2-1/2% below the nominalstrengths listed. Tons of 2,000 lbs.

*1 ton = 2000 lbs.

18

Rotat ion Resistant Wire RopesW

IRE

ROPE



35 X 7 ROTATION-RESISTANT35 x 7 offers the best operating and performance characteristics of all rotation-resistant ropes. 35 x 7 is recommended forcrawler and truck-type crane load lines, tower crane hoist ropes, and other applications where high strength, low rotationand/or the ability to withstand long falls is needed.

35 X 7 ROTATION–RESISTANTIN ADDITION TO THE FATIGUEAND ABRASION RESISTANCE,AND RESISTANCE TOMULTILAYER DRUM CRUSHINGFROM ITS DIE DRAWN STRANDDESIGN, 35 X 7 PROVIDES:

High Strength35 x 7’s design and manufacturing process provides ahigh strength rope which exceeds EEIP nominal breakingstrength.

Superior Rotation Resistance35 x 7 is the most rotation-resistant rope of all rotation-resistant ropes. 35 x 7’s special design and multiple-strand construction provides superior rotation resistance.Due to its rotation-resistant properties, 35 x 7 may beused with a swivel in both singlepart and multipartreeving.

Flexibility35 x 7’s multiple strand design provides increasedflexibility, making it easy to install, and 35 x 7 offersimproved service life and better spooling at high linespeeds.


35 X 7 ROTATION–


NOMINAL STRENGTHIN TONS*

1/2 .54 15.65

9/16 .64 18.85

5/8 .84 24.80

21/32 .92 27.23

11/16 1.01 28.77

23/32 1.05 31.09

3/4 1.15 34.06

25/32 1.28 38.14

7/8 1.57 46.63

15/16 1.81 54.35

1 2.16 64.16

1-3/32 2.53 75.08

1-3/16 2.80 83.79

1-1/4 3.36 99.22

1-3/8 3.68 109.14

1-1/2 4.68 138.91

RESISTANT


*1 ton = 2000 lbs.

Rotat ion Resistant Wire Ropes

19

WIRE RO

PE


8 X 25 ROTATION

APPROX. WEIGHTPER FOOT POUNDS


3/8 .26 6.63

1/2 .47 11.6

9/16 .60 14.7

5/8 .73 18.1

3/4 1.06 25.9

7/8 1.44 35.0

1 1.88 45.5


19 X 7 NON-ROTATING



1/4 .113 2.77

5/16 .177 4.30

3/8 .25 6.15

7/16 .35 8.33

1/2 .45 10.8

9/16 .58 13.6

5/8 .71 16.8

3/4 1.02 24.0

7/8 1.39 32.5

1 1.82 42.2

1-1/8 2.30 53.1



8 X 25 ROTATION RESISTANT 19 X 7 NON-ROTATING

BRIGHT IMPROVED PLOW STEEL


RESISTANT

*1 ton = 2000 lbs.

*1 ton = 2000 lbs.

Application8 x 25 is recommended for multiple sheave configurations, while 19 x 7 should be used for a single sheave configuration.

20


IRE

ROPE

CABLEDIAMETER(INCHES)



MINIMUM BREAKINGSTRENGTH IN POUNDS

3/32 .017 920

1/8 .029 1760

5/32 .045 2400

3/16 .065 3700

7/32 .086 5000

1/4 .110 6400

5/16 .173 9000

3/8 .243 12,000





3/32 .017 1000

1/8 .029 2000

5/32 .045 2800

3/16 .065 4200

7/32 .086 5600

1/4 .110 7000

5/16 .173 9800

3/8 .243 14,400





1/16 .007 480

5/64 .011 650

3/32 .016 920

1/8 .028 1700

5/32 .043 2600

3/16 .062 3700

1/4 .106 6100





1/16 .007 480

3/32 .016 920

1/8 .028 1760

3/16 .062 3700



7 X 7 / 7 X 19 WIRE ROPENot for aircraft use.

GALVANIZED WIRE ROPE STAINLESS STEEL WIRE ROPE(TYPE 304)


21

WIRE RO

PE


6 X 19 (1 + 6 + 12)WITH IWRC


BREAKING STRENGTHIN POUNDS*

7/16 .35 16,300

1/2 .46 22,800

9/16 .59 28,500

5/8 .72 35,000

3/4 1.04 49,600


6 X 36 WARRINGTONSEALE WITH IWRC


BREAKING STRENGTHIN POUNDS*

5/16 .18 8,300

3/8 .24 11,700

7/16 .35 15,800

1/2 .46 20,800

9/16 .59 25,600

5/8 .72 31,400

3/4 1.04 44,400

7/8 1.42 59,700

1 1.85 77,300

1-1/8 2.34 97,000

1-1/4 2.89 125,600

1-3/8 3.50 151,500

WARNING: Any warranties, expressed or implied,concerning the use of this product apply only to thenominal strength of new, unused wire rope. All equipmentusing this product must be properly used and maintained.Most importantly, wire rope must be regularly inspectedduring use. Damage, abuse or improper maintenance cancause rope failure. Consult the AISI Wire Rope UsersManual, ASME or ANSI Standards, before usage. Wirerope removal criteria are based on the use of steelsheaves. If synthetic sheaves are used, consult thesheave equipment manufacturer.

6 X 19 STAINLESS STEEL WIREROPE (TYPE 304)

STAINLESS STEEL/GALVANIZED CABLE-LAID

6 X 36 STAINLESS STEEL WIREROPE (TYPE 304)

TO BE USED FOR MECHANICALLY SWAGED SLINGS ONLY.Do not use for hand-spliced assemblies or for generalpurpose operating rope.

*Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, butshould never exceed recommended design factor or 20% of catalogbreaking strength.

CABLE-LAID WIRE ROPE(GALVANIZED - PREFORMED)

ROPEDIAMETER(INCHES) CONSTRUCTION

APPROX.WEIGHTPER FOOTPOUNDS

BREAKINGSTRENGTHIN TONS*

3/8 7 x 7 x 7 .21 5.7

1/2 7 x 7 x 7 .37 9.75

5/8 7 x 7 x 7 .58 14.6

3/4 7 x 7 x 19 .88 21.4

7/8 7 x 7 x 19 1.19 28.4

1 7 x 7 x 19 1.56 36.2

1-1/8 7 x 7 x 19 1.94 44.7

1-1/4 7 x 7 x 19 2.39 53.7

7 X 7 X 7 CABLE-LAID & 7 X 7 X 19 CABLE-LAID

*1 ton = 2000 lbs.

Read important warnings andinformation preceding wire rope section.

22


IRE

ROPE

VINYL COATED CABLESmall diameter 7 x 7 and 7 x 19 construction wire rope is sometimes referred to as “aircraft cable”. It is not intended foraircraft use but designed for industrial and marine applications. When using wire rope clips with plastic coated cable,match clip size to uncoated cable diameter (3/16" cable coated to 1/4" takes 3/16" clip). Strip plastic coating off cablewhere clips will be positioned for full holding power.

Also available on special order: nylon and vinyl in various colors. Approximately 3 weeks delivery.

*Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, but should never exceed recommended design factor or 20% of catalog breaking strength.**Uncoated cable according to Federal Specification RR-W-410D. Uncoated cable meets dimensional and strength requirements of MIL-W-83420D.

VINYL COATED STAINLESS CABLE(TYPE 304)

CLEAR VINYL COATED GALVANIZED CABLE


COATED TO(INCHES)

APPROX. WEIGHTPER 1,000 FOOT IN POUNDS

BREAKINGSTRENGTHIN POUNDS* CONSTRUCTION

1/16** 3/32 9.3 480 7 x 7

1/16** 1/8 11.8 480 7 x 7

3/32** 1/8 18.5 920 7 x 7

3/32** 3/16 25.8 920 7 x 7

1/8** 3/16 35.2 1,700 7 x 7

3/32** 1/8 19.9 1,000 7 x 19

1/8** 3/16 36.2 2,000 7 x 19

3/16** 1/4 77.5 4,200 7 x 19

1/4** 5/16 123.0 7,000 7 x 19

5/16** 3/8 197.0 9,800 7 x 19

3/8** 7/16 270.0 14,400 7 x 19

CLEAR VINYL COATED GALVANIZED CABLE


COATEDTO

APPROX.WT. PER1,000 FT.POUNDS

BREAKINGSTRENGTHIN POUNDS CONSTRUCTION

1/8** 3/16 36.2 1,760 7 x 19

3/16 1/4 77.5 3,700 7 x 19

1/4** 5/16 123.0 6,400 7 x 19

5/16** 3/8 197.0 9,000 7 x 19

3/8** 7/16 270.0 12,000 7 x 19

CLEAR VINYL COATED STAINLESS CABLE

*1 ton = 2000 lbs.

*1 ton = 2000 lbs.


23

WIRE RO

PE

6 X 19 DRILL L INES

DIAMETER(INCHES)




1-1/8 2.34 65.0

1-1/4 2.89 79.9

1-3/8 3.50 96.0

1-1/2 4.16 114.0

1-5/8 4.88 132.0

1-3/4 5.67 153.0

*1 ton = 2000 lbs.

6 X 26 TUBING LINES

DIAMETER(INCHES)




3/4 1.04 29.4

7/8 1.42 39.8

1 1.85 51.7

*1 ton = 2000 lbs.

6 X 7 F IBER CORE SAND LINES

BRIGHT IMPROVED PLOW STEEL

DIAMETER APPROX. WEIGHT BREAKING STRENGTH(INCHES) PER FOOT IN POUNDS IN TONS*

1/2 .38 10.3

9/16 .48 13.0

5/8 .59 15.9

*1 ton = 2000 lbs.

OILFIELD WIRE ROPES



24

Important WarningsW

IRE

ROPE

GRI

PS

Anyone using this publication must read and understand allwarnings and other information listed below and precedingand/or adjacent to the product description. The followingapply to all of the products in this price list. Warningsspecific to individual products are printed at the beginningof each product section.

All products are sold with the express understanding thatthe purchaser is thoroughly familiar with their correctapplication and safe use. Use all products properly, in asafe manner and for the application for which they wereintended. Delta Rigging and Tools assumes no responsibilityfor the use or misapplication of any product sold by thisfirm. Responsibility for design and use decisions rests withthe user.

REMEMBER: ANY PRODUCT WILLBREAK IF ABUSED, MISUSED,OVERUSED OR NOT MAINTAINEDPROPERLY.

Such breaks can cause loads to fall or swing out ofcontrol, possibly resulting in serious injury or death aswell as major property damage.

Therefore:1. Never exceed the Working Load Limit (WLL).2. Match components properly.3. Keep out from under a raised load.4. Avoid shock loads.5. Inspect products regularly.

It would be impossible in the scope of this publication to listall possible dangers and misapplications associated withthe use of all products contained herein. However, in orderto promote safe rigging habits, the most common hazardsassociated with the use of these products are outlined.

WORKING LOAD LIMIT

This is the term used throughout the catalog. There are,however, other terms used in the industry which areinterchangeable with the term Working Load Limit. Theseare: WLL, SWL, Safe Working Load, Rated Load Value,Resulting Safe Working Load, and Rated Capacity.

Never exceed the Working Load Limit (WLL). The WorkingLoad Limit is the maximum load which should ever beapplied to a product, even when the product is new andwhen the load is uniformly applied – straight line pull only.Avoid side loading. All catalog ratings are based uponusual environmental conditions, and consideration must begiven to unusual conditions such as extreme high or lowtemperatures, chemical solutions or vapors, prolongedimmersion in salt water, etc. Such conditions or high-riskapplications may necessitate reducing the Working LoadLimit.

MATCHING OF COMPONENTS

Components must match. Make certain that componentssuch as hooks, links or shackles, etc. used with wire rope(or chain or cordage) are of suitable material size andstrength to provide adequate safety protection. Attachmentsmust be properly installed and must have a Working LoadLimit at least equal to the product with which they areused. Remember: Any chain is only as strong as itsweakest link.

RAISED LOADS

Keep out from under a raised load. Take notice of therecommendation from the National Safety Council AccidentPrevention Manual concerning all lifting operations:

*All employees working at cranes or hoists or assistingin hooking or arranging a load should be instructed tokeep out from under the load. From a safety standpoint,one factor is paramount: Conduct all lifting operationsin such a manner, that if there were an equipmentfailure, no personnel would be injured. This meanskeep out from under a raised load and keep out of theline of force of any load.

Do not operate a load over people. Do not ride on loads.

SHOCK LOADS

Avoid impacting, jerking or swinging of load as theWorking Load Limit could be exceeded and the WorkingLoad Limit will not apply. A shock load is generallysignificantly greater than the static load. Avoid shock loads.


Wire Rope Gr ips

25

WIRE RO

PE GRIPS

SPECIAL HEADSIn addition to our regular grips, we illustrate some of the special purpose grips manufactured. All styles are fabricated fromhighest quality flexible Aircraft Strand steel with a protective plastic coating. These may be furnished from Model JL-75through Model E, or special purpose grips can be fabricated for varied applications. All special heads available with steellift eye, as illustrated in Model TSO.

MODEL SESingle lifting eye with dual topsideopening.

MODEL DLEDual lift with suspension lift eyes.

MODEL TSOTopside multiple openings withsingle lift steel reinforced eye.

MODEL USingle bail top opening for busdrops and suspension. (#A-U-SW-18 R.E.A. Approv.)

MODEL OFor stringing overhead syntheticropes or swivel lines where noswivel is required, or to joinconductor or rope splice. Used inreaving conductor and/or rope.

26

Wire Rope Gr ipsW

IRE

ROPE

GRI

PS

SEALED SWIVELS, R-SERIES GRIPS & SWIVEL EYE GRIPS6 x 37 classification ropes are more flexible but less abrasion resistant than the 6 x 19 classification. Each strand containsnumerous small diameter wires. As the number of wires increases, flexibility increases. 6 x 37 classification ropes contain6 strands with 27 through 49 wires, no more than 18 of which are outside wires.

LEWIS SEALED BALLBEARING DIRECTION BORINGSWIVEL

Prevents equipment’s rotational torque frominterfering with the product being pulled. In atypical boring application, the swivel is attachedbehind the reamer head and to the pipe or cablebeing pulled through the bore. Permanently sealedto keep contaminants out, they never requirelubrication.

D C

AB

JL-R-SERIES GRIPS

The JL-R series is designed to be used insecondary light duty cable pulls. The neoprenecone at the front of the grip helps the grip andcable go around the tightest bends easily andsmoothly. If installed properly, the cone can alsohelp eliminate possible cable lubricant migrationby sealing off the end of the cable during a pull.

WARNING(1) Make a complete inspection of swivel before each use.(2) See that end pins make up properly and allen screw is in place.(3) Rotate swivel by hand to determine proper operation of bearings.(4) Test complete swivel frequently.(5) Do not alter or modify unit.

BALLBEARINGSWIVELPART#

OVERALLLENGTHA (IN.)

DIAMETEROF PINB (IN.)

JAWOPENINGC (IN.)

OVERALLDIAMETERD (IN.)

WORKINGLOAD

HD-00-S 4 5/16 3/8 7/8 1,500 lbs.

HD-0-S 5-1/16 7/16 1/2 1-1/8 5,400 lbs.

HD-1-S 6-3/8 1/2 1/2 1-3/8 9,000 lbs.

HD-2-S 7 5/8 5/8 1-5/8 12,000 lbs.

HD-3-S 8-3/4 3/4 3/4 2 21,000 lbs.

HD-4-S 10-1/8 7/8 7/8 2-3/8 30,000 lbs.

PART#SIZERANGE (IN.) U.T.S.

WORKLOAD EYE (IN.)

MESH (IN.)

XS-JL-25-R 1/4 – 1/2 1,200 lbs. 600 lbs. 3-1/2 6

XS-JL-50-R 1/2 – 3/4 2,500 lbs. 1,250 lbs. 4 8

XS-JL-100-R 3/4 – 1 2,800 lbs. 1,400 lbs. 4-1/2 10

XS-JL-125-R 1 –1-1/2 4,500 lbs. 2,250 lbs. 5-1/2 13

Wire Rope Gr ips

27

WIRE RO

PE GRIPS

SEALED SWIVELS, R-SERIES GRIPS & SWIVEL EYE GRIPSThe SEG series are available with hardened steelrotating eyes. These eyes are durable, compact,and streamlined and will thread through blocksand sheaves without binding.

The rotating eye is not a ball bearing swivel andwill not turn while under tension. It will turn torelieve pulling torque when the pulling tension isreleased. If a continual swivel movement isneeded, a ball bearing swivel should be used.

Reference swivel usages per following 1-3explanations:1. HD series for overhead and high tension

underground.2. W series for standard underground pulling.3. HD-S series when a high tension environment is

anticipated, coupled with a need for a sealedswivel: i.e. directional boring applications.

In addition, the SEG series can be customizedto meet customer specifications. We offer thefollowing options:A. Special mesh lengths. When a customer would

like a different mesh length than the onespecified on the SEG chart.

B. Mesh available in three different types of wirefor varying applications and environments: 1.Galvanized (standard) 2. Plastic coatedgalvanized 3. Stainless

All inquiries on custom made grips are given ourprompt attention.

C

D

A

E

BSEG-1

LEWISPART # A (IN.) B (IN.) C (IN.) D (IN.) E (IN.)

SEG-0 3-1/4 7/8 3/8 15/32 17/32

SEG-1 3-1/2 1 1/2 17/32 5/8

SEG-2 4-5/8 1-3/8 1/2 43/64 7/8

SEG-3 6-1/2 1-5/8 5/8 1-5/8 55/64

SEG-4 7-1/2 1-7/8 2-1/32 63/64 1-3/16

SEG-5/6/7 8 2 1-1/16 1-1/16 1-1/4

SEG-8/9/10 8-1/2 2-1/4 1-3/16 1-1/8 1-1/8

LEWISPART #

MESHLENGTH (IN.)

SIZERANGE (IN.)

WORKLOAD

BREAKINGSTRENGTH

SEG-0 24 1/4 – 1/2 1,200 6,000 lbs.

SEG-1 36 1/2 – 1 3,500 10,000 lbs.

SEG-2 42 1 – 1-1/2 9,600 28,800 lbs.

SEG-3 48 1-1/2 – 2 11,200 32,000 lbs.

SEG-4 60 2 – 2-1/2 16,300 49,000 lbs.

SEG-5 60 2-1/2 – 3 16,700 50,300 lbs.

SEG-6 66 3 – 3-1/2 16,700 50,300 lbs.

SEG-7 72 3-1/2 – 4 16,700 50,300 lbs.

SEG-8 72 4 – 4-1/2 23,300 70,000 lbs.

SEG-9 72 4-1/2 – 5 23,300 70,000 lbs.

SEG-10 72 5 – 5-1/2 23,300 70,000 lbs.

28

Wire Rope Gr ipsW

IRE

ROPE

GRI

PS

SIZE (IN.)WORKLOAD WEIGHT WEAVE

MESHLENGTH (IN.) EYE

6-3/4 – 89,100 lbs. 8.8 lbs.

Double58

6 in. Braided10,100 lbs. 10.2 lbs. 64

SIZE (IN.)REGULAR SIZE SNAKESU.T.S WORK LOAD

1/4 – 1/2 4,486 1,200

1/2 – 1 7,500 2,500

1 – 1-1/2 10,000 3,500

1-1/2 – 2 12,000 4,000

2 – 2-3/4 16,000 5,000

2-3/4 – 3-1/2 20,000 6,500

3-1/2 – 4-1/4 24,000 8,000

SIZE (IN.)SPECIAL SIZE SNAKESU.T.S WORK LOAD

1/4 – 1-1/2 4,486/7,500 1,200/2,500

1/2 – 1-1/2 7,500/10,000 2,500/3,500

1/2 – 2 7,500/12,000 2,500/4,000

1 – 2 10,000/12,000 3,500/4,000

1-1/2 – 2-1/2 12,000/16,000 4,000/5,000

MODEL JDouble Weave – 6-3/4" to 8"

STANDARD PULLING GRIPS

E M

LEWIS SNAKE GRIP

The Lewis Snake Grip expands orcontracts to grip different oridentical cable and/or rope sizesas per the customer’s needs.

SAVE time stringing up, changingand unstringing because thesnake requires no special tools.The swivel and swing link gosmoothly through blocks andprevent line twisting.

INSTALL new cable by using oldexisting cable as pulling line.Always seize the ends of thegrips by banding or taping.

Wire Rope Gr ips

29

WIRE RO

PE GRIPS

SIZE (IN.)WORKLOAD WEIGHT WEAVE

MESHLENGTH (IN.) EYE (IN.)

1-1/4 – 22,500 lbs. 13 oz.

Triple26

3-1/43,500 lbs. 1 lb. 1 oz. 32

MODEL ASingle Weave or Double Weave –3/4" to 1-1/4"

STANDARD PULLING GRIPS

E M

MODEL BTriple Weave – 1-1/4" to 2"

E M

Model B Pulling Grip ismanufactured in both single anddouble weave design of Hi-Fatigue plastic coated AircraftStrand steel cable, and isrecommended wherever highstrength and small size arerequired. Patented pulling eye isflexible stress relieving.

Model A Pulling Grip ismanufactured in both single anddouble weave design of Hi-Fatigue plastic coated AircraftStrand steel cable, and isrecommended wherever highstrength and small size arerequired. Patented pulling eye isflexible stress relieving.

SIZE (IN.)WORK LOAD WEIGHT WEAVE

MESHLENGTH (IN.) EYE (IN.)

3/4 – 1-1/41,000 lbs. 5-1/2 oz. Single 18

32,000 lbs. 8-1/2 oz. Double 24

30

WIR

E RO

PE S

LIN

GSWire Rope Sl ings

SLING LEG OPTIONSStandard End Fitting CombinationsTo order sling legs, choose the correct size from the tables on the following pages. Determine the length needed andspecify the end fittings required from the list of combinations shown below. Two, three, and four leg spreaders will befabricated with oblong Master links, unless otherwise specified.

STANDARD EYE & STANDARD EYE STANDARD EYE & THIMBLE

with Shackle Sealed in Thimble

STANDARD EYE & THIMBLE

STANDARD EYE & HOOK

CRESCENT THIMBLE & STANDARD EYE

SLIP-THRU THIMBLE & STANDARD EYE

THIMBLE & THIMBLE

THIMBLE & HOOK

THIMBLE & SLIP-THRU THIMBLE

STANDARD EYE & OPEN SWAGESOCKET

STANDARD EYE & CLOSEDSWAGE SOCKET

SLIP-THRU THIMBLE & HOOK

SLIP-THRU THIMBLE & SLIP-THRU THIMBLE

EYE & THIMBLE

with Sliding Choker HookEYE & EYE

with Sliding Choker Hook

31

WIRE RO

PE SLINGS

Wire Rope Sl ings

1-PART SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE (CHOKER)SINGLE LEG SLINGS

Extra improved plow steel IWRCRated capacity in tons(EIPS)

ROPEDIAMETER(INCHES) VERTICAL CHOKER

VERTICALBASKET

60DEGREE

45DEGREE

30DEGREE

1/4 .65 .48 1.3 1.1 .91 .65

5/16 1 .74 2 1.7 1.4 1

3/8 1.4 1.1 2.9 2.5 2.0 1.4

7/16 1.9 1.4 3.9 3.4 2.7 1.9

1/2 2.5 1.9 5.1 4.4 3.6 2.5

9/16 3.2 2.4 6.4 5.5 4.5 3.2

5/8 3.9 2.9 7.8 6.8 5.5 3.9

3/4 5.6 4.1 11 9.7 7.9 5.6

7/8 7.6 5.6 15 13 11 7.6

1 9.8 7.2 20 17 14 9.8

1-1/8 12 9.1 24 21 17 12

1-1/4 15 11 30 26 21 15

1-3/8 18 13 36 31 25 18

1-1/2 21 16 42 37 30 21

1-5/8 24 18 49 42 35 24

1-3/4 28 21 57 49 40 28

1-7/8 32 24 64 56 46 32

2 37 28 73 63 52 37

2-1/8 40 31 80 69 56 40

2-1/4 44 35 89 77 63 44

2-3/8 49 38 99 85 70 49

2-1/2 54 42 109 94 77 54

2-5/8 60 46 119 103 84 60

2-3/4 65 51 130 113 92 65

2-7/8 71 55 141 122 100 71

3 77 60 153 132 108 77

3-1/8 82 64 165 143 117 82

3-1/4 89 69 177 153 125 89

3-3/8 95 74 190 165 135 95

3-1/2 102 79 203 102 144 176

BASKET AT DEGREES

Rated Capacities Basket Hitch based on D/d ratio of 25.Rated Capacities based on pin diameter no larger than natural eye width or less than the nominalsling diameter.Rated Capacities based on design factor of 5.Horizontal Sling angles less than 30 degrees shall not be used.Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6x19 and 6x37 classification wire rope.

32

WIR

E RO

PE S

LIN

GSWire Rope Sl ings

1-PART SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE2-LEG SPREADERS


ROPEDIAMETER(INCHES) 60 DEGREE 45 DEGREE 30 DEGREE

1/4 1.1 .91 .65

5/16 1.7 1.4 1

3/8 2.5 2 1.4

7/16 3.4 2.7 1.9

1/2 4.4 3.6 2.5

9/16 5.5 4.5 3.2

5/8 6.8 5.5 3.9

3/4 9.7 7.9 5.6

7/8 13 11 7.6

1 17 14 9.8

1-1/8 21 17 12

1-1/4 26 21 15

1-3/8 31 25 18

1-1/2 37 30 21

1-5/8 42 35 24

1-3/4 49 40 28

1-7/8 56 46 32

2 63 52 37

2-1/8 69 56 40

2-1/4 77 63 44

2-3/8 85 70 49

2-1/2 94 77 54

2-5/8 103 84 60

2-3/4 113 92 65

2-7/8 122 100 71

3 133 108 77

3-1/8 143 117 82

3-1/4 153 125 89

3-3/8 165 135 95

3-1/2 176 144 102

2-LEG SPREADERS

LENGTH


33

WIRE RO

PE SLINGS

Wire Rope Sl ings




1/4 1.7 1.4 .97

5/16 2.6 2.1 1.5

3/8 3.7 3.0 2.2

7/16 5.0 4.1 2.9

1/2 6.6 5.4 3.8

9/16 8.3 6.8 4.8

5/8 10 8.3 5.9

3/4 15 12 8.4

7/8 20 16 11

1 26 21 15

1-1/8 31 26 18

1-1/4 38 31 22

1-3/8 46 38 27

1-1/2 55 45 32

1-5/8 63 52 37

1-3/4 74 60 42

1-7/8 84 68 48

2 95 78 55

2-1/8 103 84 60

2-1/4 116 94 67

2-3/8 128 105 74

2-1/2 141 115 82

2-5/8 155 126 89

2-3/4 169 138 97

2-7/8 183 150 106

3 199 162 15

3-1/8 214 175 124

3-1/4 230 188 133

3-3/8 247 202 143

3-1/2 264 215 152

3-LEG SPREADERS

LENGTH


34

WIR

E RO

PE S

LIN

GSWire Rope Sl ings


1/4 2.2 1.8 1.3

5/16 3.5 2.8 2.0

3/8 5.0 4.1 2.9

7/16 6.7 5.5 3.9

1/2 8.8 7.1 5.1

9/16 11 9.0 6.4

5/8 14 11 7.8

3/4 19 16 11

7/8 26 21 15

1 34 28 20

1-1/8 42 34 24

1-1/4 51 42 30

1-3/8 62 50 36

1-1/2 73 60 42

1-5/8 85 69 49

1-3/4 98 80 57

1-7/8 112 91 64

2 127 104 73

2-1/8 138 113 80

2-1/4 154 126 89

2-3/8 171 139 99

2-1/2 188 154 109



4-LEG SPREADERS

LENGTH


35

WIRE RO

PE SLINGS

Wire Rope Sl ings

ROPE DIAMETER(INCHES) VERTICAL CHOKER VERTICAL BASKET

1/4 .61 .45 1.2

5/16 .86 .63 1.7

3/8 1.1 .84 2.3

7/16 1.5 1.1 3.1

1/2 2.2 1.6 4.3

9/16 2.7 2.0 5.4

5/8 3.3 2.5 6.7

3/4 4.7 3.5 9.4

7/8 6.3 4.7 13

1 8.1 6.0 16

1-1/8 10 7.4 20

1-1/4 12 9.1 25

1-3/8 14 11 29

1-1/2 17 13 34

1-5/8 20 15 40

1-3/4 22 17 45

1-7/8 25 19 51

2 28 21 57

2-1/8 32 23 63

2-1/4 35 25 69

STAINLESS STEEL/MECHANICAL SPLICESINGLE LEG SLINGS

Stainless steel Type 302 or 304 IWRCRated capacity in tons

Rated Capacities Basket Hitch based on D/d ratio of 25 Rated Capacities based on pin diameter no larger than natural eye width or less than the nominalsling diameter.Rated Capacities based on design factor of 5.Horizontal Sling angles less than 30 degrees shall not be used.Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6x19 and 6x37 classification wire rope.

36

WIR

E RO

PE S

LIN

GSWire Rope Sl ings

ROPE DIAMETER(INCHES) 60 DEGREE 45 DEGREE 30 DEGREE

1/4 1.1 0.86 0.61

5/16 1.5 1.2 0.86

3/8 2.0 1.6 1.1

7/16 2.7 2.2 1.5

1/2 3.8 3.1 2.2

9/16 4.7 3.8 2.7

5/8 5.8 4.7 3.3

3/4 8.2 6.7 4.7

7/8 11 8.9 6.3

1 14 11 8

1-1/8 17 14 10

1-1/4 21 17 12

1-3/8 24 20 14

1-1/2 29 24 17

1-5/8 33 27 19

1-3/4 38 31 22

1-7/8 43 35 25

2 48 39 28

2-1/8 52 42 30

2-1/4 57 46 33

STAINLESS STEEL TYPE 302 AND 304/MECHANICAL SPLICE IWRCTWO-LEG BRIDLE

Rated capacity in tons of 2,000 lbs.Rated capacities shown apply only to 6x19 and 6x36 classification wire rope.

Rated Capacities Basket Hitch based on D/d ratio of 25 Rated Capacities based on pin diameter no larger than natural eye width or less than the nominalsling diameter.Rated Capacities based on design factor of 5.Horizontal Sling angles less than 30 degrees shall not be used.

37

WIRE RO

PE SLINGS

Wire Rope Sl ings


1/4 1.6 1.3 0.91

5/16 2.2 1.8 1.3

3/8 3.0 2.4 1.7

7/16 4.0 3.3 2.3

1/2 5.6 4.6 3.2

9/16 7.1 5.8 4.1

5/8 8.6 7.1 5.0

3/4 12 10 7.1

7/8 16 13 9.5

1 21 17 12

1-1/8 26 21 15

1-1/4 31 25 18

1-3/8 36 30 21

1-1/2 43 35 25

1-5/8 50 41 29

1-3/4 57 46 33

1-7/8 64 52 37

2 72 58 41

2-1/8 78 63 45

2-1/4 85 69 49

STAINLESS STEEL TYPE 302 AND 304/MECHANICAL SPLICE IWRCTHREE-LEG BRIDLE



38

Wire Rope Sl ingsW

IRE

ROPE

SLI

NGS


1/4 2.1 1.7 1.2

5/16 3.0 2.4 1.7

3/8 3.9 3.2 2.3

7/16 5.4 4.4 3.1

1/2 7.5 6.1 4.3

9/16 9.4 7.7 5.4

5/8 12 9.4 6.7

3/4 16 13 9.4

7/8 22 18 13

1 28 23 16

1-1/8 34 28 20

1-1/4 41 34 24

1-3/8 49 40 28

1-1/2 58 47 33

1-5/8 67 54 38

1-3/4 76 62 44

1-7/8 85 70 49

2 95 78 55

2-1/8 104 85 60

2-1/4 113 93 66

STAINLESS STEEL TYPE 302 AND 304/MECHANICAL SPLICE IWRC

FOUR-LEG BRIDLE



Wire Rope Sl ings

39

WIRE RO

PE SLINGS

CABLE LAID SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE

MECHANICAL TYPE SPLICE RATED CAPACITIES IN TONS

ROPE DIAMETER(INCHES) VERTICAL CHOKER

VERTICALBASKET 60 DEGREE 45 DEGREE 30 DEGREE

7 x 7 x 7 CONSTRUCTION

1/4 .50 .34 1.0 0.87 0.71 0.50

3/8 1.1 .74 2.2 1.9 1.5 1.1

1/2 1.9 1.3 3.7 3.2 2.6 1.9

5/8 2.8 1.9 5.5 4.8 3.9 2.8


3/4 4.1 2.8 8.1 7.0 5.8 4.1

7/8 5.4 3.7 11 9.3 7.6 5.4

1 6.9 4.7 14 12 9.7 6.9

1-1/8 8.3 5.8 17 14 12 8.3

1-1/4 9.9 7.0 20 17 14 9.9

SINGLE PART SLING TWO LEG SPREAD OR BASKET

Rated Capacities Basket Hitch based on D/d ratio of 10 or greater.Rated Capacities based on pin diameter no larger than natural eye width or less than the nominalsling diameter.Rated Capacities based on design factor of 5.Horizontal Sling angles less than 30 degrees shall not be used.

40

Cable Laid Sl ingsW

IRE

ROPE

SLI

NGS


1/4 1.3 1.1 0.76

3/8 2.8 2.3 1.6

1/2 4.8 3.9 2.8

5/8 7.2 5.9 4.2

3/4 11 8.6 6.1

7/8 14 11 8.1

1 18 15 10

1-1/8 21 18 12

1-1/4 26 21 15

MECHANICAL SPLICE/GALVANIZEDTHREE-LEG BRIDLE

Rated capacity in tons of 2,000 lbs.



Rated Capacities Basket Hitch based on D/d ratio of 10Rated Capacities based on pin diameter no larger than natural eye width or less than the nominalsling diameter.Rated Capacities based on design factor of 5.Horizontal Sling angles less than 30 degrees shall not be used.

Cable Laid Sl ings

41

WIRE RO

PE SLINGS


1/4 1.7 1.4 1.0

3/8 3.8 3.1 2.2

1/2 6.4 5.2 3.7

5/8 9.6 7.8 5.5

3/4 14 12 8.1

7/8 19 15 11

1 24 19 14

1-1/8 29 23 17

1-1/4 34 28 20

MECHANICAL SPLICE/GALVANIZEDFOUR-LEG BRIDLE

Rated capacity in tons of 2,000 lbs.



Rated Capacities Basket Hitch based on D/d ratio of 10Rated Capacities based on pin diameter no larger than natural eye width or less than the nominalsling diameter.Rated Capacities based on design factor of 5.Horizontal Sling angles less than 30 degrees shall not be used.

42

Wire Rope Sl ingsW

IRE

ROPE

SLI

NGS

MULTI-PART WIRE ROPE SLINGSDelta Rigging and Tools Multi-Part slings are flexible, snug up tightly around the load in choker hitches, and quickly regainshape after a lift. They also offer outstanding handling characteristics, particularly in the larger rated capacities. Whenloaded, stress is equally distributed to all rope parts in the sling body due to the helical manner in which ropes are laidtogether.

Braided slings are formed by continuously plaiting, or braiding, several ropes together to form the sling body and both eyesin a single fabrication operation. Ends of individual ropes are usually hand-tucked or mechanically spliced into componentropes of the body. Eyes are wrapped and given a rubberized coating since eyes are not braided.

Braided slings are often selected where loads must be rolled or maneuvered, since the design creates friction to grip loadsand resist rotation.

MULTI-PART BODYBRAIDEDCONSTRUCTION

High flexibility is achieved bybraiding, or plaiting, one or morewire ropes to form a fabric for thesling body. Component ropes runcontinuously through body andeyes, ends are hand-tucked intosling body or secured with pressedsleeves. 6-part sling is flat, 8-partsling is round.

4, 5 and 7-part Multi-part slingswith either mechanical or hand eyesplices are available on special order.

HAND SPLICE

Each sling is hand fabricated bylaying together one or more ropesin a helical manner, so componentropes run continuously through theeyes and sling body. Ends aresecured into component rope byhand-tucked splices.

BRAIDEDMECHANICAL SPLICE

Three wire ropes are helically laidby hand to form a 3-part fabric,from which sling bodies of 3 or 9parts may be made by helicallylaying one or three parts of fabrictogether. Mechanical splices formthe eyes that provide centerline pullalong the sling body. Same numberof rope parts in the sling eyes as inthe body. Each sling is proof loadedbefore shipment.


SLINGDIA. VERTICAL CHOKER** 90º 60º 45º 30º A B

SLIP THRUTHIMBLEST

HEAVYTHIMBLEHT

IPS IWRC #1/8 1/4 .42 .37 .84 .73 .59 .42 3 6 W-2 5/16

IPS IWRC 3/16 3/8 .70 .61 1.4 1.2 1.0 .70 3 6 W-2 7/16

IPS IWRC 1/4 1/2 1.2 1.1 2.5 2.1 1.7 1.2 4 8 W-3 9/16

IPS IWRC 5/16 5/8 1.9 1.7 3.8 3.3 2.7 1.9 4 8 W-4 3/4

IPS IWRC 3/8 3/4 2.8 2.4 5.5 4.8 3.9 2.8 5 10 W-4 7/8

IPS IWRC 7/16 7/8 3.7 3.3 7.5 6.5 5.3 3.7 6 12 W-5 7/8

IPS IWRC 1/2 1 4.8 4.2 9.7 8.4 6.8 4.8 6 12 W-5 1

IPS IWRC 9/16 1-1/8 6.1 5.3 12 11 8.6 6.1 7.5 15 W-6 1-1/8

IPS IWRC 5/8 1-1/4 7.5 6.6 15 13 11 7.5 9 18 W-6 1-1/4

IPS IWRC 3/4 1-1/2 11 9.4 22 19 15 11 10 20 W-7 1-3/8

IPS IWRC 7/8 1-3/4 15 13 29 25 21 15 12 24 W-9 1-7/8

IPS IWRC 1 2 19 17 38 33 27 19 15 30 W-9 2

Wire Rope Sl ings

43

WIRE RO

PE SLINGS

MULTI-PART BODY SINGLE LEG WIRE ROPE SLINGS3-PART

HAND SPLICE

3-PART

MECHANICAL SPLICE

RATED CAPACITY (TONS)*BASKET HITCH

EYEDIMENSIONS

# Made with 7 x 19 Galvanized component rope.* Rated Capacities Basket Hitch based on D/d ratio of 25 times the component rope diameter.** See Choker Hitch Rated Capacity Adjustment.Rated Capacities based on pin diameter no larger than natural eye width or less than the nominal sling diameter.Rated Capacities based on design factor of 5.Sling angles less than 30 degrees shall not be used.

All capacities in tons of 2,000 lbs. All eye and fitting dimensions in inches.

3-PART SIMPLE LEG WIRE ROPE SLING

44

Wire Rope Sl ingsW

IRE

ROPE

SLI

NGS

MULTI-PART WIRE ROPE BODY 2-LEG CHOKERS




SLINGDIA.

SINGLE LEGCHOKER** 60º 45º 30º

CHOKERHOOKNUMBER D L W

IPS IWRC #1/8 1/4 0.5 .64 .52 .37 1/4–5/16 1/2 5 2-1/2

IPS IWRC 3/16 3/8 0.8 1.1 .87 .61 3/8 1/2 5 2-1/2

IPS IWRC 1/4 1/2 1.5 1.9 1.5 1.1 1/2 5/8 6 3

IPS IWRC 5/16 5/8 2.3 2.9 2.4 1.7 5/8 3/4 5-1/2 2-3/4

IPS IWRC 3/8 3/4 3.3 4.2 3.4 2.4 3/4 1 8 4

IPS IWRC 7/16 7/8 4.4 5.7 4.6 3.3 7/8–1 1 8 4

IPS IWRC 1/2 1 5.7 7.3 6.0 4.2 7/8–1 1 8 4

IPS IWRC 9/16 1-1/8 5.0 9.2 7.5 5.3 1-1/8–1-1/4 1 8 4

IPS IWRC 5/8 1-1/4 6.1 11 9.3 6.6 1-1/8–1-1/4 1 8 4

IPS IWRC 3/4 1-1/2 8.7 16 13 9.4 1-3/8–1-1/2 1-1/2 12 4

RATED CAPACITY (TONS)*

2-LEG CHOKER HITCH

3-PART TWO-LEG WIRE ROPE CHOKERS

SLIP THRUTHIMBLE

Wire Rope Sl ings

45

WIRE RO

PE SLINGS

MULTI-PART WIRE ROPE BODY 2-LEG SPREADERSHAND SPLICE MECHANICAL SPLICE

# Made with 7 x 19 Galvanized component rope.* Rated Capacities Basket Hitch based on D/d ratio of 25 times the component rope diameter.**WORKING LOAD LIMIT


LATCH KITS ARE AVAILABLE IF REQUIRED.


SLINGDIA. 60º 45º 30º DIA. LENGTH WIDTH

WLL**TON E R

IPS IWRC #1/8 1/4 .73 .59 .42 1/2 5 2-1/2 3/4 15/16 3-7/32

IPS IWRC 3/16 3/8 1.2 1.0 .70 1/2 5 2-1/2 1 1-1/32 3-21/32

IPS IWRC 1/4 1/2 2.1 1.7 1.2 3/4 5-1/2 2-3/4 2 1-7/32 4-11/16

IPS IWRC 5/16 5/8 3.3 2.7 1.9 1.0 8 4 3 1-1/2 5-3/4

IPS IWRC 3/8 3/4 4.8 3.9 2.8 1.0 8 4 5 1-7/8 7-3/8

IPS IWRC 7/16 7/8 6.5 5.3 3.7 1.0 8 4 7-1/2 2-1/4 9-1/16

IPS IWRC 1/2 1 8.4 6.8 4.8 1-1/4 8-3/4 4-3/8 7-1/2 2-1/4 9-1/16

IPS IWRC 9/16 1-1/8 11 8.6 6.1 1 8 4 7-1/2 2-1/4 9-1/16

IPS IWRC 5/8 1-1/4 13 11 7.5 1-1/4 8-3/4 4-3/8 7-1/2 2-1/4 9-1/16

IPS IWRC 3/4 1-1/2 19 15 11 1-1/2 12 6 10 2-1/2 10-1/16

IPS IWRC 7/8 1-3/4 25 21 15 1-3/4 12 6 15 3-3/8 12-1/2

IPS IWRC 1 2 33 27 19 2 14 7 20 4 14-1/16

RATED CAPACITY (TONS)*ALLOY OBLONG LINK

3-PART TWO-LEG WIRE ROPE BRIDLES

HOOK


WIDTHOFBODY

THICKNESSOFBODY VERTICAL

CHOKERHITCH** 60º 45º 30º A B

SLIP THRUTHIMBLEST

HEAVYTHIMBLEHT

# 3/32 7/16 1/4 0.42 0.37 0.84 0.73 0.59 0.42 2 4 W-2 1/4

# 1/8 9/16 3/8 0.84 0.74 1.7 1.5 1.2 0.84 3 6 W-2 5/16

# 3/16 13/16 1/2 1.4 1.2 2.8 2.4 2.0 1.4 4 8 W-3 1/2

# 1/4 1-1/8 11/16 2.5 2.2 4.9 4.3 3.5 2.5 5 10 W-4 5/8

# 5/16 1-3/8 7/8 3.8 3.4 7.7 6.7 5.4 3.8 6 12 W-4 3/4

# 3/8 1-11/16 1 5.5 4.8 11.0 9.5 7.8 5.5 7 14 W-5 7/8

7/16 2 1-3/16 7.5 6.5 15.0 13.0 11.0 7.5 8 16 W-5 1

1/2 2-1/4 1-5/16 9.7 8.5 19.0 17.0 14.0 9.7 9 18 W-6 1-1/8

9/16 2-1/2 1-1/2 12.0 11.0 24.0 21.0 17.0 12.0 10 20 W-6 1-3/8

5/8 2-13/16 1-11/16 15.0 13.0 30.0 26.0 21.0 15.0 11 22 W-7 1-1/2

3/4 3-3/8 2 22.0 19.0 43.0 37.0 30.0 22.0 12 24 W-8 1-5/8

7/8 4 2-5/16 29.0 25.0 58.0 50.0 41.0 29.0 14 28 W-9 2

1 4-1/2 2-11/16 38.0 33.0 75.0 65.0 53.0 38.0 16 32 W-10 –

46

Wire Rope Sl ingsW

IRE

ROPE

SLI

NGS

BRAIDED WIRE ROPE BODY SINGLE LEG SLINGS

FLAT BRAID


ALL CAPACITIES IN TONS OF 2,000 LBS. ALL EYE AND FITTING DIMENSIONS IN INCHES.

6-PARTRATED CAPACITY (TONS)*

BASKET HITCHEYE

IPS

IWRC

ROPEDIAMETER(INCHES) 60º 45º 30º D L W

WWLTONS** E R

# 3/32 0.73 0.59 0.42 1/2 5 2-1/2 3/4 15/16 3-7/32

# 1/8 1.5 1.2 0.84 1/2 5 2-1/2 1 1-1/32 3-21/32

# 3/16 2.4 2.0 1.4 5/8 6 3 1-1/2 1-1/16 4-3/32

# 1/4 4.3 3.5 2.5 3/4 5-1/2 2-3/4 3 1-1/2 5-3/4

# 5/16 6.7 5.4 3.8 1 8 4 5 1-7/8 7-3/8

# 3/8 9.5 7.8 5.5 1 8 4 7-1/2 2-1/4 9-1/16

7/16 13.0 11.0 7.5 1-1/4 8-3/4 4-3/8 7-1/2 2-1/4 9-1/16

1/2 17.0 14.0 9.7 1-1/2 12 6 10 2-1/4 10-1/16

9/16 21.0 17.0 12.0 1-1/2 12 6 15 3-3/8 12-1/2

5/8 26.0 21.0 15.0 1-3/4 12 6 20 4 14-1/16

3/4 37.0 30.0 22.0 2 14 7 25 4-1/4 18-5/16

7/8 50.0 41.0 29.0 2-1/4 16 8 AH-37 4-1/4 18-3/16


SINGLE LEGCHOKER** 60º 45º 30º D L W

HOOK NO.

# 3/32 0.37 0.64 0.52 0.37 1/2 5 2-1/2 0

# 1/8 0.74 1.3 1.04 0.74 1/2 5 2-1/2 1

# 3/16 1.2 2.1 1.7 1.2 1/2 5 2-1/2 2

# 1/4 2.2 3.7 3.1 2.2 3/4 5-1/2 2-3/4 4

# 5/16 3.4 5.8 4.8 3.4 1 8 4 5

# 3/8 4.8 8.4 6.8 4.8 1 8 4 6

7/16 6.5 11.0 9.2 6.5 1-1/4 8-3/4 4-3/8 7

1/2 8.5 15.0 12.0 8.5 1-1/4 8-3/4 4-3/8 8

9/16 11.0 18.0 15.0 11.0 1-1/2 12 6 8

Wire Rope Sl ings

47

WIRE RO

PE SLINGS

BRAIDED WIRE ROPE BODY 2 LEG CHOKERS

# Made with 7 x 19 Galvanized component rope.* Rated Capacities Basket Hitch based on D/d ratio of 25 times the componentrope diameter.** See Choker Hitch Rated Capacity Adjustment.Rated Capacities based on pin diameter no larger than natural eye width or lessthan the nominal sling diameter.Rated Capacities based on design factor of 5.Sling angles less than 30 degrees shall not be used.


ALLOY OBLONG LINK2 LEG CHOKER HITCHRATED CAPACITY (TONS)*

6-PART

BRAIDED WIRE ROPE BODY 2 LEG SPREADERS

6-PART


ALLOY OBLONG LINK HOOKRATED CAPACITY (TONS)*

IPS

IWRC

IPS

IWRC

LENGTH


SLINGDIAMETER(INCHES) VERTICAL


SLIP THRUTHIMBLEST

HEAVYTHIMBLEHT

# 3/32 7/16 .56 0.49 1.1 0.97 0.79 0.56 2 4 W-2 5/16

# 1/8 9/16 1.1 1.0 2.2 1.9 1.6 1.1 3 6 W-2 3/8

# 3/16 13/16 1.9 1.6 3.7 3.2 2.6 1.9 4 8 W-3 1/2

# 1/4 1-1/8 3.3 2.9 6.6 5.7 4.7 3.3 5 10 W-4 3/4

# 5/16 1-3/8 5.1 4.5 10.0 8.9 7.3 5.1 6 12 W-5 1

# 3/8 1-11/16 7.3 6.4 15.0 13.0 10.0 7.3 7 14 W-5 1-1/8

7/16 2 10.0 8.7 20.0 17.0 14.0 10.0 8 16 W-6 1-1/4

1/2 2-1/4 13.0 11.0 26.0 22.0 18.0 13.0 9 18 W-7 1-3/8

9/16 2-1/2 16.0 14.0 32.0 28.0 23.0 16.0 10 20 W-7 1-1/2

5/8 2-13/16 20.0 18.0 40.0 35.0 28.0 20.0 11 22 W-8 1-3/4

3/4 3-3/8 29.0 25.0 57.0 50.0 41.0 29.0 12 24 W-9 2

7/8 4 39.0 34.0 78.0 67.0 55.0 39.0 14 28 W-10 –

1 4-1/2 50.0 44.0 101.0 87.0 71.0 50.0 16 32 W-10 –

48

Wire Rope Sl ingsW

IRE

ROPE

SLI

NGS

BRAIDED WIRE ROPE BODY SINGLE LEG SLINGS

ROUND BRAID



IPS

IWRC


BASKET HITCHEYE


SINGLELEGCHOKER** 60º 45º 30º D L W

HOOKNO.

# 3/32 0.49 0.85 0.69 0.49 1/2 5 2-1/2 0

# 1/8 0.98 1.7 1.4 0.98 1/2 5 2-1/2 1

# 3/16 1.6 2.8 2.3 1.6 3/4 6 3 2

# 1/4 2.9 5.0 4.1 2.9 1 8 4 4

# 5/16 4.5 7.8 6.3 4.5 1 8 4 5

# 3/8 6.4 11.0 9.1 6.4 1-1/4 8 4 6

7/16 8.7 15.0 12.0 8.7 1-1/2 12 6 7

1/2 11.0 20.0 16.0 11.0 1-1/2 12 6 8

Wire Rope Sl ings

49

WIRE RO

PE SLINGS

BRAIDED WIRE ROPE BODY 2 LEG CHOKERSDT-8P2



IPS

IWRC


2 LEG CHOKER HITCHALLOY

OBLONG LINK

50

Wire Rope Sl ingsW

IRE

ROPE

SLI

NGS

BRAIDED WIRE ROPE BODY 2-LEG SPREADERS

# Made with 7 x 19 Galvanized component rope.* Rated Capacities Basket Hitch based on D/d ratio of 25 times the componentrope diameter.** See Choker Hitch Rated Capacity Adjustment.Rated Capacities based on pin diameter no larger than natural eye width or lessthan the nominal sling diameter.Rated Capacities based on design factor of 5.Sling angles less than 30 degrees shall not be used.


IPS

IWRC

8-PART

ROPEDIAMETER(INCHES) 60º 45º 30º D L W

WWLTONS** E R

# 3/32 0.97 0.79 0.56 1/2 5 2-1/2 3/4 15/16 3-7/32

# 1/8 1.9 1.6 1.1 1/2 5 2-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/16 4-3/32

# 3/16 3.2 2.6 1.9 3/4 5-1/2 2-3/4 3 1-1/2 5-3/4

# 1/4 5.7 4.7 3.3 1 8 4 5 1-7/8 7-3/8

# 5/16 8.9 7.3 5.1 1 8 4 AH-7 1-7/8 7-3/8

# 3/8 13.0 10.0 7.3 1-1/4 8-3/4 4-3/8 10 2-1/2 10-1/16

7/16 17.0 14.0 10.0 1-1/2 12 4-3/8 15 3-3/8 12-1/2

1/2 22.0 18.0 13.0 1-3/4 12 6 15 3-3/8 12-1/2

9/16 28.0 23.0 16.0 2 14 6 20 4 14-1/16

5/8 35.0 28.0 20.0 2 14 7 25 4-1/4 18-5/16

3/4 50.0 41.0 29.0 2-1/4 16 8 AH-37 4-1/4 18-15/16


RATED CAPACITY (TONS)* ALLOY OBLONG LINK HOOK

LENGTH

ROPEDIAMETER(INCHES) VERTICAL


SLIP THRUTHIMBLEST

HEAVYTHIMBLEHT

# 1/4 3.7 3.2 7.4 6.4 5.2 3.7 3 6 W-2 1/4

# 3/8 8.3 7.2 17 14 12 8.3 3 6 W-2 3/8

1/2 14 13 29 25 20 14 4 8 W-3 1/2

5/8 23 20 45 39 32 23 5 10 W-4 5/8

3/4 32 28 65 56 46 32 6 12 W-4 3/4

7/8 44 38 87 76 62 44 6-1/2 13 W-5 7/8

1 57 50 113 98 80 57 7 14 W-5 1

1-1/4 87 77 175 151 124 87 8 16 W-6 1-1/4

1-1/2 125 109 249 216 176 125 9 18 W-7 1-1/2

1-3/4 168 147 335 290 237 168 10 20 W-8 1-3/4

2 217 190 433 375 306 217 12 24 W-9 2

Wire Rope Sl ings

51

WIRE RO

PE SLINGS

MULTI-PART BODY SINGLE LEG WIRE ROPE SLINGS

MECHANICAL SPLICE



9-PART

EYE DIMENSIONSBASKET HITCHRATED CAPACITY (TONS)*

52

Wire Rope Sl ingsW

IRE

ROPE

SLI

NGS

GROMMETS/STRAND LAID/MECHANICAL SPLICEEXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL

6 x 19 or 6 X 37 classification IWRCRated capacities in tons

ROPE DIAMETER (INCHES) VERTICAL CHOKER

VERTICAL BASKET 60º 45º 30º

1/4 1.1 .74 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.1

5/16 1.6 1.2 3.3 2.8 2.3 1.6

3/8 2.4 1.6 4.7 4.1 3.3 2.4

7/16 3.2 2.2 6.4 5.5 4.5 3.2

1/2 4.1 2.9 8.3 7.2 5.9 4.1

9/16 5.2 3.7 10 9.1 7.4 5.2

5/8 6.4 4.5 13 11 9.1 6.4

3/4 9.2 6.4 18 16 13 9.2

7/8 12 8.7 25 22 18 12

1 16 11 32 28 23 16

1-1/8 20 14 41 35 29 20

1-1/4 25 17 50 43 35 25

1-3/8 30 21 60 52 42 30

1-1/2 36 25 71 62 50 36

1-5/8 41 29 82 71 58 41

1-3/4 48 33 95 83 68 48

1-7/8 54 38 109 94 77 54

2 62 43 124 107 87 62

2-1/8 69 48 138 119 98 69

2-1/4 77 54 154 133 109 77

2-3/8 85 60 171 148 121 85

2-1/2 94 66 188 163 133 94

2-5/8 103 72 207 179 146 103

2-3/4 113 79 225 195 159 113

2-7/8 122 86 245 212 173 122

3 133 93 265 230 188 133

LENG

TH

LENGTH

Note: Min. length is 96 times the rope diameter.

Rated Capacities Basket Hitch based on D/d ratio of 5 where "d" = diameterof the finished grommet.Rated Capacities based on pin diameter no smaller than 5 times the bodydiameter.Rated Capacities based on design factor of 5.Horizontal Sling angles less than 30 degrees shall not be used.

Wire Rope Sl ings

53

WIRE RO

PE SLINGS

CUSTOM SOCKET ASSEMBLIESWire Rope assemblies with fittings permanently attached at ends are custom fabricated for use as boom pendants,guylines, raising lines, backstays, lifting spreaders, etc. These are offered in both poured, or spelter, sockets andmechanically swaged sockets. A Design Factor of five is applied in establishing Rated Capacities shown.

EPOXY COMPOUND SPELTER SOCKET

Epoxy compound is standard as the bonding mediumsurrounding wires inside the socket. Steel forgings are used forrope sizes 1/2" through 1-1/2", and cast steel fittings for largersizes. Larger than 4" available on special order. Assembly lengthis measured from centerline of pin for open sockets and bearingpoint for closed sockets.

Same PlaneOS-OS

Opposite Plane

Same PlaneCS-CS

Opposite Plane

Same PlaneOS-CS

Opposite Plane

ROPEDIAMETER(INCHES) VERTICAL

VERTICAL BASKET

1/2 2.7 4.9

9/16 3.4 6.2

5/8 4.1 7.6

3/4 5.9 11

7/8 8 15

1 10 19

1-1/8 13 24

1-1/4 16 30

1-3/8 19 36

1-1/2 23 42

1-5/8 26 49

1-3/4 31 57

1-7/8 35 64

2 40 73

2-1/8 44 82

2-1/4 49 91

2-3/8 55 101

2-1/2 60 112

2-5/8 66 122

2-3/4 72 134

2-7/8 78 145

3 85 157

3-1/8 92 169

3-1/4 98 182

3-3/8 106 196

3-1/2 113 209LENGTH

54

WIR

E RO

PE S

LIN

GSWire Rope Sl ings

CUSTOM SOCKET ASSEMBLIESIndicate choice of end fittings on purchase orders by the suffixes “OS” or “CS” after the stock number, for open or closedtype fittings. Pins and cotters are supplied as standard on open fittings, but assemblies may be specified without pins.Fittings will be assembled in the same plane unless specified otherwise on the order.

SWAGED SOCKET

In mechanically swaged fittings, high pressure presses andprecision dies cause metal of the socket to flow around wiresand strands to offer the ultimate in compactness andstrength with minimum weight. Material is weldless, drop-forged steel. Normally, only regular lay rope is used. Swagedassemblies are interchangeable with poured sockets upthrough 2" rope diameters. Assembly length is measuredfrom centerline of pins for both open and closed sockets.

ROPEDIAMETER(INCHES) XIP

1/4 .69

5/16 1.05

3/8 1.5

7/16 2.04

1/2 2.66

9/16 3.36

5/8 4.12

3/4 5.88

7/8 7.96

1 10.34

1-1/8 13.0

1-1/4 15.98

1-3/8 19.2

1-1/2 22.8

1-3/4 30.6

2 39.6

2-1/4 49.4

2-1/2 60.4

6 X 19 & 6 X 37IWRC

RATED CAPACITY (TONS)*

Same PlaneOS-OS

Opposite Plane

Same PlaneCS-CS

Opposite Plane

Same PlaneOS-CS

Opposite Plane

LENGTH

Wire Rope Sl ings

55

WIRE RO

PE SLINGS

TUFFY TRI-BRAID SLINGSTUFF AND FLEXIBLE SLINGS, FOR YOUR TOUGHEST, MOST DEMANDING LOADS

Unmatched FlexibilityThe unique 3x3 strand design of all Tuffy tri-braid slings consists of a patentedmachine-braided wire fabric with interlaced construction, resulting in flexibilityand abrasion resistance far superior to standard rope strands. Made of industrial-grade steel and constructed with the highest quality standards, only Tuffy slingspossess the perfect balance of strength, flexibility and durability.

Longer Service LifeBecause machine braiding produces proper balancing of all parts, the outcome isa highly efficient sling with a much longer service life. Even if one of the braidedparts is cut or broken, there is no stranding. Durable and reliable, Tuffy tri-braidslings perform to unprecedented standards, keeping working environments moreproductive and effective.

Quicker and Easier LoadingWorkers now have an easy-to-handle tool that significantly eases and speeds thehitching and unhitching process. Tuffy's flexibility enables greater sling control,and the unique construction yields a safer, more secure sling, significantly lessprone to dangerous recoils and breakage.

Complete Knot and Kink ResistanceTuffy Tri-braid slings are virtually impervious to kinking and knotting due to themachine-braided and interlaced construction. Nothing short of a vice can leave amark on a Tuffy sling, and even then the ridge simply straightens out with nomaterial damage. Where a standard sling's strength can be canceled out ifstiffness imposes abnormal fatigue which saps the sling's endurance, theflexibility and balance built into every tri-braid sling renders this issue obsolete.

56

Wire Rope Sl ingsW

IRE

ROPE

SLI

NGS

T-2 TRI-BRAID SLING – S INGLE PLY

Single Leg - With Sliding Choker Hook and Thimble BottomApplication: Pipe, bundles, bars, castings, lumber - any type of load that can utilize a choker hook.

Rated capacity in tonsROPEDIAMETER(INCHES)

EYESIZE(INCHES)

GALV.THIMBLE (1 EA.) (INCHES)

SLIDING CHOKER HOOK (1 EA.) (INCHES)

VERTICAL CHOKER TONS

1/4 3x6 1/4 1/4 0.34

3/8 3x6 3/8 3/8 0.71

1/2 4x8 1/2 1/2 1.3

5/8 5x10 5/8 5/8 2.0

3/4 6x12 3/4 3/4 2.8

7/8 6.5x13 7/8 7/8 3.8

1 7x14 1 1 4.7

1-1/4 8x16 1-1/4 1-1/4 6.8

1-1/2 9x18 1-1/2 1-1/2 9.0


Standard Eye/Eye Sling – Single LegApplication: General purpose sling for straight or basket hitches.


EYESIZE(INCHES)

WLLVERTICALTONS

VERTICAL BASKET TONS

BASKET60°TONS

BASKET45°TONS

BASKET 30°TONS

1/4 3x6 0.45 0.9 0.78 0.64 0.45

3/8 3x6 0.95 1.9 1.6 1.3 0.95

1/2 4x8 1.7 3.4 2.9 2.4 1.7

5/8 5x10 2.6 5.2 4.5 3.7 2.6

3/4 6x12 3.7 7.4 6.4 5.2 3.7

7/8 6.5x13 5 10 8.7 7.1 5

1 7x14 6.3 13 11 8.9 6.3

1-1/4 8x16 9 18 16 13 9

1-1/2 9x18 12 24 21 17 12

1-3/4 10x20 15 30 26 21 15

2 12x24 20 40 35 28 20

Wire Rope Sl ings

57

WIRE RO

PE SLINGS

T-3D TRI-BRAID SLING – DOUBLE PLY

Single Leg - Two Parts (2 ply) Spliced Together Side-by-SideApplication: When higher capacity are needed (2 ply) such as for locomotives, generators, pressure vessels, etc.

Rated capacity in tons


Single Leg - Top eye 2-parts Spliced Together with Double Ply Body with Sliding Choker Hook and Thimble BottomApplication: When higher capacity are needed. More flexibility is provided for choking smaller diameter loads.


EYESIZE(INCHES)

SLIDINGCHOKER HOOK(1 EA.)

GALVANIZEDTHIMBLE(1 EA.) (INCHES)

WLL CHOKERTONS

1/4 3x6 3/8" 1/4 0.68

3/8 4x8 #2 3/8 1.4

1/2 5x10 #4 1/2 2.6

5/8 6x12 #5 5/8 3.5

3/4 7x14 #5 3/4 5.0

7/8 8x16 #6 7/8 6.8

1 8x16 #7 1 8.5

1-1/4 9x18 #8 1-1/4 12.0


EYESIZE(INCHES)

WLLVERTICAL TONS

WLL CHOKERTONS

WLLBASKETTONS

1/4 3x6 0.90 0.68 1.80

3/8 4x8 1.90 1.4 3.8

1/2 5x10 3.4 2.6 6.8

5/8 6x12 4.7 3.5 9.4

3/4 7x14 6.7 5.0 13.0

7/8 8x16 9.0 6.8 18.0

1 8x16 11.0 8.5 23.0

1-1/4 9x18 16.0 12.0 32.0

1-1/2 10x20 22.0 17.0 43.0

1-3/4 11x22 27.0 20.0 54.0

58

Wire Rope Sl ingsW

IRE

ROPE

SLI

NGS


2-Leg Bridle Sling with Equalizing Thimble Top and Hooks BottomApplication: For oddly shaped loads - high one end, low other - legs adjust and equalize.


T-5 TRI-BRAID SLING – DOUBLE PLY

Single Leg - 2 Side-by-Side Parts with Crescent Thimble in Bottom LoopApplication: Gives move stability than single part for handling such loads as tanks, coils, castings, barrels and boxes.



EYESIZE(INCHES)

EQUALIZINGTHIMBLE(1 EA.)

ALLOYEYE HOOK(2 EA.)

WLL VERTICAL TONS

WLL60°TONS

WLL45°TONS

WLL30°TONS

1/4 3x6 3E 1 Ton 0.9 0.78 0.64 0.45

3/8 3x6 3E 1.5 Ton 1.9 1.6 1.3 0.95

1/2 4x8 4E 3 Ton 3.4 2.9 2.4 1.7

5/8 5x10 6E 5 Ton 5.2 4.5 3.7 2.6

3/4 6x12 6E 5 Ton 7.4 6.4 5.2 3.7

7/8 6.5x13 8E 7 Ton 10.0 8.7 7.1 5.0

1 7x14 8E 11 Ton 13.0 11.0 8.9 6.3

1-1/4 8x16 10E 15 Ton 18.0 16.0 13.0 9.0

1-1/2 9x18 12E 15 Ton 24.0 21.0 17.0 12.0

1-3/4 10x20 14E 22 Ton 30.0 26.0 21.0 15.0

2 12x24 16E 30 Ton 40.0 35.0 28.0 20.0


EYESIZE(INCHES)

CRESCENT THIMBLE (1 EA.)

WLL CHOKER TONS

1/4 3x6 6C 0.68

3/8 4x8 6C 1.4

1/2 5x10 8C 2.6

5/8 6x12 9C 3.9

3/4 7x14 10C 5.6

7/8 8x16 14C 7.5

1 8x16 16C 9.5

1-1/4 9x18 20C 14.0

Wire Rope Sl ings

59

WIRE RO

PE SLINGS


2-Leg Bridle Sling - Double Ply with Link Top and Hooks with Thimbles BottomApplication: When higher capacities are needed.


EYESIZE(IN.)

GALVANIZEDTHIMBLE(2 EA.) (IN.)

MASTERLINK(O)OR PEARLINK(P)(1 EA.) (INCHES)

ALLOY EYE HOOK(2 EA.)

WLLVERTICALTONS

WLL 60°TONS

WLL45°TONS

WLL30°TONS

1/4 3x6 1/4 5/8 P 1.5 Ton 1.8 1.60 1.30 0.90

3/8 4x8 3/8 7/8 P 3 Ton 3.8 3.3 2.7 1.90

1/2 5x10 1/2 1-1/4 P 5 Ton 6.8 5.9 4.8 3.4

5/8 6x12 5/8 1-1/4 O 7 Ton 9.4 8.1 6.6 4.7

3/4 7x14 3/4 1-1/2 O 11 Ton 13.0 12.0 9.4 6.7

7/8 8x16 7/8 1-3/4 O 15 Ton 18.0 16.0 13.0 9.0

1 8x16 1 1-3/4 O 15 Ton 23.0 20.0 16.0 11.0

1-1/4 9x18 1-1/4 2-1/8 O 30 Ton 32.0 28.0 23.0 16.0

1-1/2 10x20 1-1/2 2-1/2 O 37 Ton 43.0 37.0 31.0 22.0

1-3/4 11x22 1-3/4 2-3/4 O 45 Ton 54.0 47.0 38.0 27.0


2-Leg Bridle Sling with Link Top and Sliding Choker Hooks with Thimbles BottomApplication: Helps eliminate load rotation and is better suited for handling pipe, bars, timber, tanks, castings and otherloads which run in long lengths.



EYESIZE(IN.)

GALVANIZEDTHIMBLE(2 EA.) (INCHES)

MASTERLINK(O)OR PEARLINK(P)(1 EA.)(INCHES)

SLIDINGCHOKERHK (2EA.)(INCHES)

WLLVERTICALTONS

WLL 60°TONS

WLL 45°TONS

WLL30°TONS

1/4 3x6 1/4 1/2 P 1/4 0.68 0.58 0.48 0.34

3/8 3x6 3/8 1/2 P 3/8 1.40 1.2 1.0 0.71

1/2 4x8 1/2 3/4 P 1/2 2.6 2.2 1.8 1.3

5/8 5x10 5/8 7/8 P 5/8 3.9 3.4 2.8 2.0

3/4 6x12 3/4 1-1/4 P 3/4 5.6 4.8 3.9 2.8

7/8 6.5x13 7/8 1-1/4 P 7/8 7.5 6.5 5.3 3.8

1 7x14 1 1-1/4 O 1 9.5 8.2 6.7 4.7

1-1/4 8x16 1-1/4 1-1/2 O 1-1/4 14.0 12.0 9.5 6.8

1-1/2 9x18 1-1/2 1-3/4 O 1-1/2 18.0 16.0 13.0 9.0

60

Wire Rope Sl ingsW

IRE

ROPE

SLI

NGS


Standard 2-Leg Bridle Sling – Link Top/Hooks BottomApplication: Lifting machinery, castings, motors and aircraft assemblies.


EYESIZE(INCHES)

ALLOYEYE HOOK(2 EA.)(IN.)

MASTERLINK(O) OR PEARLINK(P)(1 EA.) (INCHES)

WLLVERTICALTONS

WLL60°TONS

WLL45°TONS

WLL30°TONS

1/4 3x6 1 Ton 1/2 P 0.90 0.78 0.64 0.45

3/8 3x6 1.5 Ton 5/8 P 1.90 1.6 1.3 0.95

1/2 4x8 3 Ton 7/8 P 3.4 2.9 2.4 1.7

5/8 5x10 5 Ton 1 P 5.2 4.5 3.7 2.6

3/4 6x12 5 Ton 1-1/4 P 7.4 6.4 5.2 3.7

7/8 6.5x13 7 Ton 1-1/4 O 10.0 8.7 7.1 5.0

1 7x14 11 Ton 1-1/2 O 13.0 11.0 8.9 6.3

1-1/4 8x16 15 Ton 1-3/4 O 18.0 16.0 13.0 9.0

1-1/2 9x18 15 Ton 1-7/8 O 24.0 21.0 17.0 12.0

1-3/4 10x20 22 Ton 2 O 30.0 26.0 21.0 15.0

2 12x24 30 Ton 2-1/2 O 40.0 35.0 28.0 20.0


2-Leg Double Loop Bridle Sling – Link Top and No HooksApplication: Well suited for handling sheet steel, bar stock, lumber, structural shapes, flasks and castings.


EYESIZE(INCHES)

MASTERLINK(O) OR PEARLINK(P) (1 EA.)(INCHES)

WLLVERTICAL TONS

WLL60°TONS

WLL45°TONS

WLL30°TONS

1/4 3x6 5/8 P 1.8 1.6 1.3 0.9

3/8 3x6 7/8 P 3.8 3.3 2.7 1.9

1/2 4x8 1-1/4 P 6.8 5.9 4.8 3.4

5/8 5x10 1-3/8 O 10.0 9.0 7.4 5.2

3/4 6x12 1-1/2 O 15.0 13.0 10.0 7.4

7/8 6.5x13 1-3/4 O 20.0 17.0 14.0 10.0

1 7x14 1-7/8 O 25.0 22.0 18.0 13.0

1-1/4 8x16 2-1/4 O 36.0 31.0 25.0 18.0

1-1/2 9x18 2-1/2 O 48.0 42.0 34.0 24.0

1-3/4 10x20 2-3/4 O 60.0 52.0 42.0 30.0

2 12x24 3-1/4 O 80.0 69.0 57.0 40.0

Wire Rope Sl ings

61

WIRE RO

PE SLINGS


Standard 4-Leg Bridle Sling – Link Top/Hooks BottomApplication: Use when extra stamina is needed for heavy, bulky loads such as ship sections, planer beds, founders molds,pressure vessels, etc.

Rated capacity in tonsROPE

DIAMETER(INCHES)

EYESIZE(INCHES)



WLLVERTICALTONS

WLL60°TONS

WLL45°TONS

WLL30°TONS

1/4 3x6 1 Ton 5/8 P 1.80 1.60 1.30 0.90

3/8 3x6 1.5 Ton 7/8 P 3.80 3.3 2.7 1.90

1/2 4x8 3 Ton 1-1/4 P 6.8 5.9 4.8 3.4

5/8 5x10 5 Ton 1-3/8 O 10.0 9.0 7.4 5.2

3/4 6x12 5 Ton 1-1/2 O 15.0 13.0 10.0 7.4

7/8 6.5x13 7 Ton 1-3/4 O 20.0 17.0 14.0 10.0

1 7x14 11 Ton 1-7/8 O 25.0 22.0 18.0 13.0

1-1/4 8x16 15 Ton 2-1/4 O 36.0 31.0 25.0 18.0

1-1/2 9x18 15 Ton 2-1/2 O 48.0 42.0 34.0 24.0

1-3/4 10x20 22 Ton 2-3/4 O 60.0 52.0 42.0 30.0

2 12x24 30 Ton 3-1/4 O 80.0 69.0 57.0 40.0


Standard 3-Leg Bridle Sling – Link Top/Hooks BottomApplication: Lifting dies, castings and assemblies which must be placed carefully, sometimes in difficult locations.


EYESIZE(INCHES)



WLLVERTICALTONS

WLL60°TONS

WLL45°TONS

WLL30°TONS

1/4 3x6 1 Ton 5/8 P 1.40 1.20 0.95 0.68

3/8 3x6 1.5 Ton 3/4 P 2.90 2.5 2.0 1.40

1/2 4x8 3 Ton 1 P 5.1 4.4 3.6 2.6

5/8 5x10 5 Ton 1-1/4 P 7.8 6.8 5.5 3.9

3/4 6x12 5 Ton 1-1/4 O 11.0 9.6 7.8 5.6

7/8 6.5x13 7 Ton 1-1/2 O 15.0 13.0 11.0 7.5

1 7x14 11 Ton 1-3/4 O 19.0 16.0 13.0 9.5

1-1/4 8x16 15 Ton 1-7/8 O 27.0 23.0 19.0 14.0

1-1/2 9x18 15 Ton 2-1/4 O 36.0 31.0 25.0 18.0

1-3/4 10x20 22 Ton 2-1/2 O 45.0 39.0 32.0 23.0

2 12x24 30 Ton 2-3/4 O 60.0 52.0 42.0 30.0

62

Chain Sl ing UseCH

AIN

SLI

NG

S


RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CHAINSLING USE

The proper selection, application, care and inspection ofchain slings used in moving material by hoisting canproduce efficient and economical handling operations withminimum hazard to persons and property.

RECOMMENDATIONS

1. Know your sling manufacturer. Delta Wire Rope, Inc. willensure that chain slings supplied to you are in compliancewith OSHA regulations covering industrial slings.

2. Know your load – determine the weight, center of gravity,angle of lift and select the proper size and type of sling.

3. Never overload the sling – check the working load limiton the identification tag.

4. Visually examine chain before each use for gouged,bent or damaged links or components.

5. Do not point load hooks – load should bear on bowl of hook.6. Make sure chain is not twisted, knotted or kinked

before lifting load.7. Protect chain by padding when lifting sharp-edged loads.8. Do lift and lower loads smoothly. Do not jerk.9. Protect chain against corrosion during storage.10. Store chain properly on A-frame.

INSPECTION

1. Schedule periodic link-by-link inspection of chainslings, based on frequency of sling use, severity ofservice conditions, nature of lifts being made andexperience gained on service life of slings used insimilar circumstances.

2. Clean chain prior to inspection, to make damage ordefects more easily seen.

3. Hang chain vertically, if practical, for preliminaryinspection. Measure reach accurately (bearing point ofmaster link to bearing point of hook). Check this lengthagainst reach shown on tag.

4. Inspect link by link, where the following should belooked for:a. Bent, gouged, nicked, worn or elongated links.b. Cracks, scoring or marking tending to weaken links.Transverse markings are the most dangerous.c. Severe corrosion.d. Excessive wear – Slings with links having wear should be removed from service.

5. Check master links and hooks for all of the abovefaults – hooks especially for excessive throat opening.

It is strongly recommended that chain slings showing faultsby the above inspection method be immediately removedfrom service and returned to manufacturer for repair.Delta Rigging and Tools offers chain sling inspectionservice performed by our own qualified inspectors.

HOW TO ORDER

The following information should be given on ordersor inquiries for certified chain slings.

1. SIZE: This is specified by the size of the material fromwhich the chain is made, determined by working loadlimit required.

2. REACH: This is the length, including attachments,measured from bearing point to bearing point.

3. TYPE: Select and specify proper type of sling from listshown below.EXAMPLES: S – Single O – Oblong Link S – Sling Hook

4. ATTACHMENTS: Unless otherwise specified, standardmaster links and hooks as given herein will be used.When other than standard master links or hooks arerequired, we should be given a complete description or adrawing of the requested substitute.

TYPES OF REGISTERED CHAIN SLINGS

AttachmentsType One End Opposite End

Single Chain SlingsSOS Oblong Link Sling HookSOG Oblong Link Grab HookSGS Grab Hook Sling HookSGG Grab Hook Grab HookSSS Sling Hook Sling HookSOF Oblong Link Foundry HookSOO Oblong Link Oblong Link

Double Chain SlingsDOS Oblong Link Sling HooksDOG Oblong Link Grab HooksDOF Oblong Link Foundry Hooks

Triple Chain SlingsTOS Oblong Link Sling HooksTOG Oblong Link Grab HooksTOF Oblong Link Foundry Hooks

Quadruple Chain SlingsQOS Oblong Link Sling HooksQOG Oblong Link Grab HooksQOF Oblong Link Foundry Hooks

Chain Sl ings

63

CHA

IN SLIN

GS

GRADE 80/100 CHAIN SLINGS/SPECIFICATIONS

CHAIN SIZE(INCHES)

WORKINGLOAD LIMITS(LBS)*

7/32 2,500

1/4 (9/32) 3,500

5/16 4,500

3/8 7,100

1/2 12,000

5/8 18,100

3/4 28,300

7/8 34,200

1 47,700

1-1/4 72,300

SINGLE CHAIN SLINGS

CHAIN SIZE(INCHES)


7/32 (6mm) 3,200

1/4 (9/32) 4,300

5/16 5,700

3/8 8,800

1/2 15,000

5/8 22,600

3/4 35,300

7/8 42,700

1 59,700

1-1/4 90,400

GRADE 80 SINGLE

CHAIN SLINGS

GRADE 100 SINGLE

CHAIN SLINGS

* CAUTION: Working Load based on ratio of 4 to 1. This Working Load should NOT be exceeded.For choker hitch with minimum of 120 degrees angle of choke, WLL must be reduced by 20%, except when using the Crosby A-1338 Cradle Grab Hook.

64

CHA

IN S

LIN

GS

Chain Sl ings

CHAIN SIZE(INCHES) 60º 45º 30º

7/32 3,600 3,000 2,500

9/32 6,100 4,900 3,500

5/16 7,800 6,400 4,500

3/8 12,300 10,000 7,100

1/2 20,800 17,000 12,000

5/8 31,300 25,600 18,100

3/4 49,000 40,000 28,300

7/8 59,200 48,400 34,200

1 82,600 67,400 47,700

1-1/4 125,200 102,200 72,300

WORKING LOAD LIMITS (LBS)* CHAIN SIZE(INCHES) 60º 45º 30º

7/32 (6mm) 5,500 4,500 3,200

9/32 7,400 6,100 4,300

5/16 9,900 8,100 5,700

3/8 15,200 12,400 8,800

1/2 26,000 21,200 15,000

5/8 39,100 32,000 22,600

3/4 61,100 49,900 35,300

7/8 74,000 60,400 42,700

1 103,400 84,400 59,700

1-1/4 156,600 127,800 90,400

WORKING LOAD LIMITS (LBS)* GRADE 80 DOUBLE CHAIN SLINGS GRADE 100 DOUBLE CHAIN SLINGS

TYPE DOS TYPE DOG TYPE DOF TYPE DOS TYPE DOGCLEVLOK CLEVLOK FOUNDRY SLING HOOK GRAB HOOK

SLING HOOK GRAB HOOK HOOK

GRADE 80/100 CHAIN SLINGS/SPECIFICATIONSDOUBLE CHAIN SLINGS


65

CHA

IN SLIN

GS

Chain Sl ings

GRADE 80/100 CHAIN SLINGS/SPECIFICATIONSTRIPLE & QUAD CHAIN SLINGS


7/32 6,500 5,300 3,750

9/32 9,100 7,400 5,200

5/16 11,700 9,500 6,800

3/8 18,400 15,100 10,600

1/2 31,200 25,500 18,000

5/8 47,000 38,400 27,100

3/4 73,500 60,000 42,400

7/8 88,900 72,500 51,300

1 123,900 101,200 71,500

1-1/4 187,800 153,400 108,400

WORKING LOAD LIMITS (LBS)*

TYPE SOG TYPE SOG TYPE SOS TYPE SOF TYPE SOS TYPE SOLGRAB HOOK CLEVLOK CLEVLOK FOUNDRY SLING HOOK LATCHLOK

GRAB HOOK SLING HOOK HOOK HOOK

GRADE 80 TRIPLE/QUAD CHAINSLINGS


7/32 (6mm) 8,300 6,800 4.800

9/32 11,200 9,100 6,400

5/16 14,800 12,100 8,500

3/8 22,900 18,700 13,200

1/2 39,000 31,800 22,500

5/8 58,700 47,900 33,900

3/4 91,700 74,900 52,950

7/8 110,900 90,600 64,000

1 155,100 126,000 89,550

1-1/4 234,900 191,700 135,600

WORKING LOAD LIMITS (LBS)*

GRADE 100 TRIPLE/QUAD CHAINSLINGS


66

CHA

IN S

LIN

GS

Grab Hooks

GRADE 100 CLEVIS GRAB HOOKS

WORKING WEIGHT CHAIN SIZE LOAD LIMIT EACH DIMENSIONS (INCH)(INCHES) (LBS.)* (LBS.) A B C D E F

1/4 4,300 1.10 1.72 2.54 2.20 3.88 1.50 .88

5/16 5,700 1.10 1.72 2.54 2.18 3.88 1.50 .88

3/8 8,800 1.80 1.85 3.09 2.58 4.69 1.83 1.09

1/2 15,000 3.70 2.39 3.83 3.28 5.88 2.25 1.42

5/8 22,600 6.70 2.67 4.52 3.85 7.03 2.94 1.75

A-1338 FEATURES

• Forged Alloy Steel – Quenched and Tempered.• Innovative cradle design allows for 100% efficiency of Grade 100 chain.• Individually Proof Tested to 2-1/2 times the Working Load Limit with

certification.• The use of A-1338 Cradle Grab Hook will allow 100 percent of the chain

sling capacity. When used to hook back to chain leg to form a choker, the angle of the choke must be 120 degrees or greater. When used as a chain shortener, minimize twist of chain and ensure chain is fully engaged in hook.

• Each hook has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability,along with the size and the name Crosby & U.S.A. in raised letters.

• Suitable for use with Grade 100 and Grade 80 chain in overhead lifting applications as long as hook is Proof Tested as part of the chain sling assembly or as an individual component. Per ANSI B30.9-1.

• Fatigue rated at 1-1/2 times the Working Load Limit at 20,000 cycles.• "Look for the Platinum Color - Crosby Grade 100 Alloy Products."

* CAUTION: Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.

67

CHA

IN SLIN

GS

Grab Hooks

GRADE 100 CLEVIS GRAB HOOKS

WORKING WEIGHT CHAIN SIZE LOAD LIMIT EACH DIMENSIONS (INCH)(INCHES) (LBS.)* (LBS.) A B C D F

1/4 4,300 1.00 1.72 2.54 2.20 3.88 .88

5/16 5,700 1.00 1.72 2.54 2.18 3.88 .88

3/8 8,800 1.70 1.85 3.09 2.58 4.69 1.09

1/2 15,000 3.40 2.39 3.83 3.28 5.88 1.42

5/8 22,600 6.10 2.67 4.52 3.85 7.03 1.75

A-1358 FEATURES

• Forged Alloy Steel – Quenched and Tempered.• Individually Proof Tested to 2-1/2 times the Working Load Limit with

certification.• Each hook has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability,

along with the size and the name Crosby & U.S.A. in raised letters.• Suitable for use with Grade 100 and Grade 80 chain in overhead lifting

applications as long as hook is Proof Tested as part of the chain sling assembly or as an individual component. Per ANSI B30.9-1.



A-1359 FEATURES



along with the size and the name Crosby & U.S.A. in raised letters.• Suitable for use with Grade 100 chain in overhead lifting

applications as long as hook is Proof Tested as part of the chain sling assembly or as an individual component. Per ANSI B30.9-1.


WORKING WEIGHT

CHAIN SIZE LOAD LIMIT EACH DIMENSIONS (INCH)(INCHES) (LBS.)* (LBS.) A C D F G K N

1/4 4,300 2.0 6.26 4.39 4.81 2.50 1.13 .88 1.56

5/16 5,700 2.1 6.26 4.37 4.81 2.50 1.13 .88 1.56

3/8 8,800 4.3 7.76 5.54 5.81 3.00 1.38 1.30 1.88

1/2 15,000 7.5 9.38 6.67 6.88 3.50 1.63 1.50 2.25

5/8 22,600 13.4 11.25 7.68 8.17 4.00 2.19 1.75 2.53


68

CHA

IN S

LIN

GS

Sl ing Hooks

GRADE 100 CLEVIS HOOKSA-1339 FEATURES



along with the size and the name Crosby & U.S.A. in raised letters.• Hoist hooks incorporate two types of strategically placed markings forged

into the product which address two (2) QUIC-CHECK® features : Deformation Indicators and Angle Indicators.

• New integrated latch (S-4320) meets the world standard for lifting.• Heavy duty stamped latch interlocks with the hook tip.• High cycle, long life spring.• When secured with the proper cotter pin through the hole in the tip of

hook, meets the intent of OSHA Rule 1926.550(g) for personnel lifting.• Suitable for use with Grade 100 chain in overhead lifting applications as long

as hook is Proof Tested as part of the chain sling assembly or as an individual component. Per ANSI B30.9-1.


WORKING HOOK WEIGHT

CHAIN SIZE LOAD LIMIT ID EACH DIMENSIONS (INCH)(INCHES) (LBS.)* CODE (LBS.) D G J L M R AA

1/4 4,300 HA 1.60 3.86 1.03 1.19 5.67 .75 3.97 2.00

5/16 5,700 HA 1.60 3.86 1.03 1.19 5.67 .75 3.97 2.00

3/8 8,800 IA 2.50 4.38 1.19 1.53 6.75 .94 4.71 2.50

1/2 15,000 JA 5.50 5.60 1.44 1.78 8.38 1.17 5.89 3.00

5/8 22,600 KA 9.60 6.76 1.88 2.41 10.21 1.44 6.97 4.00


69

CHA

IN SLIN

GS

Chain

CHAINAlloy steel chain is the strongest chain produced, and isthe only grade recommended for overhead lifting.

CHAIN SIZE(INCHES)

FEETPERDRUM

MATERIAL SIZE(IN.)

WORKINGLOAD LIMIT(LBS.)*

MAXIMUMINSIDELENGTH (IN.)

MINIMUMINSIDEWIDTH (IN.)

MAXIMUMLENGTH 100LINKS (IN.)

WEIGHT PER100 FT.(LBS.)

9/32 (1/4) 500 .276 3,500 .90 .34 90 72

5/16 500 .343 4,500 1.00 .48 100 114

3/8 500 .394 7,100 1.25 .49 125 148

1/2 300 .512 12,000 1.64 .64 164 243

5/8 200 .630 18,100 2.02 .79 202 351

3/4 100 .787 28,300 2.52 .98 252 584

7/8 100 .866 34,200 2.77 1.08 277 705

SPECTRUM 8® ALLOY CHAINRecommended for overhead lifting applications.

* Proof loaded at 2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.

CHAIN SIZEIN. (MM)

FEETPERDRUM

MATERIAL SIZE(IN.)


MAXIMUMINSIDELENGTH (IN.)

MINIMUMINSIDEWIDTH (IN.)


WEIGHT PER100 FT.(LBS.)

9/32 or 1/4 (7mm) 500 .276 4,300 .90 .34 90 75

5/16 (8mm) 500 .343 5,700 1.00 .48 100 113

3/8 (10mm) 500 .394 8,800 1.25 .49 125 148

1/2 (13mm) 300 .512 15,000 1.64 .64 164 249

5/8 (16mm) 200 .630 22,600 2.02 .79 202 378

SPECTRUM 10® ALLOY CHAINRecommended for overhead lifting applications.

* Proof loaded at 2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.

GRADE 100 ALLOY STEEL CHAIN

• Alloy steel• Heat treated• 25% stronger than Grade 80 Alloy Chain• Permanently embossed with CG (Crosby Group) and 10 (Grade)• Finish – Self-Colored

GRADE 80 ALLOY STEEL CHAIN

• Alloy steel• Heat treated• Finish – Self-Colored• Permanently embossed with CG (Crosby Group) and 8 (Grade)

70

ChainCH

AIN

SLI

NG

S

Additional sizes, specifications and catalogs are available upon request.* Caution: Working Load based on ratio of 4 to 1.

GRADE 40 HI -TEST STEEL CHAIN

Hi-Test is manufactured from high-carbon steel – formed and electrically butt-welded to the shapes and sizes shown. Hi-Test Chain is used in industry, mines, quarries, oil fields, lumber camps and by original equipment manufacturers.Not recommended for overhead lifting.

TRADE SIZE(INCHES)


INSIDELENGTH(INCHES)

INSIDEWIDTH(INCHES)


WEIGHT PER100 FT.(LBS)

3/16 – – – – –

1/4 2,600 .77 .40 80 77

5/16 3,900 .98 .46 102 113

3/8 5,400 1.14 54 119 154

7/16 7,200 1.29 .62 134 212

1/2 9,200 1.43 .72 149 270

5/8 11,500 1.69 .87 176 432

3/4 16,200 1.93 1.02 201 624

7/8 22,500 2.25 1.14 235 786

1 26,500 2.66 1.34 277 1,038

SPECTRUM 4® ALLOY CHAINNot recommended for overhead lifting applications.

CHAIN SIZEIN.


FEETPERDRUM

WEIGHT PER100 FEET(LBS.)

1/4 3,150 800 81

5/16 4,700 550 98

3/8 6,600 400 141

7/16 8,750 300 216

1/2 11,300 200 246

SPECTRUM 7® HIGH TENSILE TRANSPORT

CHAIN

Not recommended for overhead lifting applications.

* Proof loaded at 2 times the Working Load Limit.

GRADE 70 TRANSPORT CHAIN

• High Tensile Carbon Steel

• Minimum Ultimate load is 4 times the Working Load Limit• Permanently embossed with CG (Crosby Group) and 7 (Grade)• Finish – Self-Colored• Standard container – fiber drum.

CHAIN

Chain

71

CHA

IN SLIN

GS

TRADE SIZE(INCHES)


INSIDELENGTH(INCHES)

INSIDEWIDTH(INCHES)


WEIGHT PER100 FT.(LBS)

3/16 750 .95 .40 99 40

1/4 1,250 1.00 .50 104 71

5/16 1,900 1.10 .50 114 109

3/8 2,650 1.23 .62 128 159

7/16 3,600 1.37 .75 142 213

1/2 4,500 1.50 .81 156 277

5/8 6,900 1.87 1.00 194 410

3/4 9,750 2.12 1.12 220 558

7/8 11,375 2.50 1.37 260 769

1 13,950 2.75 1.50 286 1,028

CHAINGRADE 30 PROOF COIL CHAIN

Proof Coil, often referred to as common chain, is made from basic open-hearth low carbon steel. It is a general utility chainfor such uses as log chain, tow chain, switch chain, tail-gate chain, anchor chain, or for pulling stumps, etc.Proof Coil is not recommended for overhead lifting.

Additional sizes, specifications and catalogs are available upon request.* Caution: Working Load based on ratio of 4 to 1.

SPECTRUM 3® ALLOY CHAINNot recommended for overhead lifting applications.

72

Web Sl ing UseW

EB S

LIN

GS

RECOMMENDED OPERATING PRACTICES FOR WEB SLINGSMECHANICAL CONSIDERATIONS

1. Determine weight of the load. The weight of the loadshall be within the rated capacity of the web sling.

2. Select a web sling having suitable characteristics – forthe type of load, hitch and environment.

3. Web slings shall not be loaded in excess of the ratedcapacity. Consideration shall be given to the sling to loadangle which affects rated capacity.

4. Web slings with fittings which are used in a choker hitchshall be of sufficient length to assure that the chokingaction is on the webbing, and never on the fitting.

5. Web slings used in a basket hitch – shall have the loadbalanced to prevent slippage.

6. Web slings shall always be protected from being cut by sharpcorners, sharp edges, protrusions or abrasive surfaces.

7. Web slings shall not be dragged on the floor or overabrasive surfaces.

8. Web slings shall not be twisted, shortened, lengthened,tied in knots, or joined by knotting.

9. Web slings shall not be pulled from under loads when theload is resting on the web sling.

10. Do not drop web slings equipped with metal fittings.11. Web slings that appear to be damaged shall not be

used unless inspected and accepted as usable.12. The web sling shall be hitched in a manner providing

control of the load.13. Personnel, including portions of the human body, shall

be kept from between the sling and the load, and frombetween the sling and the crane hook or hoist hook.

14. Personnel shall stand clear of suspended loads.15. Personnel shall not ride the web sling or the load being

lifted.16. Shock loading shall be avoided.17. Twisting and kinking the legs (branches) shall be avoided.18. Load applied to the hook shall be centered in the base

(bowl) of hook to prevent point loading on the hook.19. During lifting, with or without the load, personnel shall

be alert for possible snagging.20. The web slings legs (branches) shall contain or support

the load from the sides above the center of gravity whenusing a basket hitch.

21. Web slings shall be long enough so that the rated load(rated capacity) is adequate when the sling to load angleis taken into consideration.

22. Only web slings with legible identification tags shall beused.

23. Tags and labels should be kept away from the load,hook and point of choke.

24. Web slings shall not be constricted or bunched betweenthe ears of a clevis, shackle, or in a hook.

25. Place blocks under load prior to setting down the loadto allow removal of the web sling, if applicable.

ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS

1. Web slings should be stored in a cool, dry and dark placeto prevent loss of strength when not in use throughexposure to ultra-violet rays. Web slings shall not bestored in chemically active areas.

2. Chemically active environments can affect the strengthof synthetic web slings in varying degrees ranging fromlittle to total degradation. The web sling manufacturer orqualified person should be consulted before slings areused in chemically active environments.

AcidsNylon is subject to degradation in acids, ranging fromlittle to total degradation. Polyester is resistant to manyacids, but is subject to degradation, ranging from little tomoderate in some acids. Each application shall beevaluated, taking into consideration the following:a. Type of Acidb. Exposure Conditionsc. Concentrationd. Temperature

AlkalisPolyester is subject to degradation in alkalis, rangingfrom little to total degradation. Nylon is resistant to manyalkalis, but is subject to degradation, ranging from littleto moderate in some alakalis. Each application shall beevaluated, taking into consideration the following:a. Type of Alkalisb. Exposure Conditionsc. Concentrationd. Temperature

3. Nylon and polyester web slings shall not be used attemperatures in excess of 194 degrees F (90 degrees C)or temperatures below minus 40 degrees F (minus 40degrees C).

4. Web slings incorporating aluminum fittings shall not beused where fumes, vapors, sprays, mists or liquids ofalkalis and/or acids are present.

WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and inspectioninstructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not exceedrated capacities.

Web Sl ing Use

73

WEB

SLING

S

RECOMMENDED OPERATING PRACTICES FOR WEB SLINGSEnvironments in which synthetic web slings arecontinuously exposed to ultra-violet light can affect thestrength of synthetic web slings in varying degrees rangingfrom slight to total degradation.

CAUTION: Degradation can take place without visibleindications.

a. Factors which affect the degree of strength loss are:1. Length of time of continuous exposure2. Web sling construction and design3. Other environmental factors such as weatherconditions and geographic location

b. Suggested procedures to minimize the affects ofultra-violet light.1. Store web slings to a cool, dry and dark place whennot being used for prolonged periods of time

c. Some visual indications of ultra-violet degradation are:1. Bleaching out of web sling color2. Increased stiffness of web sling material3. Surface abrasion in areas not normally in contact with

the loadd. Proof Testing – Slings used in environments where they

are subject to continuous exposure to ultra-violet lightshall be proof tested to twice the rated capacity semi-annually, or more frequently depending on severity ofexposure.

INSPECTION

Type of Inspectiona. Initial Inspection – Before any new or repaired web

sling is placed in service, it shall be inspected by adesignated person to ensure that the correct web sling isbeing used, as well as to determine that the web slingmeets the requirements of this specification.

b. Frequent Inspection – This inspection shall beconducted by a qualified person handling the sling eachtime the sling is used.

c. Periodic Inspection – This inspection shall beconducted by designated personnel. Frequency ofinspection should be based on:1. Frequency of web sling use2. Severity of service conditions3. Experience gained on the service life of web slingsused in similar applications4. Inspections should be conducted at least annually

REMOVAL FROM SERVICE

A sling shall be removed from service if any of the followingare visible:

a. If sling rated capacity or sling material identification is missing or not readable.b. Acid or alkalis burns c. Melting, charring, or weld spatter of any part of theweb slingd. Holes, tears, cuts, snags or embedded particlese. Broken or worn stitching in load bearing splicesf. Excessive abrasive wearg. Knots in any part of the web slingh. Distortion and excessive pitting, corrosion orbroken fittingsi. Any conditions which cause doubts as to the strengthof the sling

INSPECTION RECORDS

Written inspection records, utilizing the identification for eachsling as established by the user, should be kept on file forall web slings. These records should show a description ofthe new web sling and its condition on each subsequentinspection.

REPAIR OF WEB SLINGS

Sling webbing with structural damage shall never be repaired.

Type I and Type II web slings, and other web slings utilizinghardware, may be re-webbed utilizing existing fittings. Itshall be the responsibility of the manufacturer repairing theweb sling to determine if the hardware is reusable.

All re-webbed Type I and Type II, and other web slingsutilizing fittings, shall be proof tested to two (2) times theirvertical rated capacity before being placed back intoservice. A certificate of proof testing shall be provided.

Temporary repairs of webbing, fittings, or stitching shall notbe permitted.


74

Web Sl ingsW

EB S

LIN

GS

RATED CAPACITY INFORMATIONRated capacities are affected by angle of lift (sling to load) measured from the horizontal when used with multi-leggedslings or choker/basket hitches. To determine the actual sling capacity at a given angle of lift, multiply the original slingrating by the appropriate loss factor determined from the table below.

ANGLE OF CHOKE

For web slings used in achoker hitch, rated loads inTables 1-4 are for an angleof choke of 120 degrees orgreater for the angle formed inthe web sling body as it passesthrough the choking eye.

WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and inspection instructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.

DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES AND LIMITS OF LIABILITY: Seller warrants that its goods are free from defects in materials and workmanship at time ofdelivery. Therefore, Seller’s liability is limited to refund of purchase price or replacement of goods upon written notice and return prepaid to Seller toestablish claim for any said defect. SELLER MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND ALL IMPLIEDWARRANTIES OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WHICH EXCEED THE ABOVE OBLIGATION ARE EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED BY SELLER.

Point ofChoke Angle of Choke

LoadProtection

BASKET HITCH CHOKER HITCH VERTICAL HITCH

SLING ANGLE TABLE (ANGLE OF LIFT)

ANGLE/DEGREESHORIZONTAL LOSS FACTOR

ANGLE/DEGREESHORIZONTAL LOSS FACTOR

90 1.000 55 0.819

85 0.996 50 0.766

80 0.985 45 0.707

75 0.966 40 0.643

70 0.940 35 0.574

65 0.906 30 0.500

60 0.866

ANGLE OF CHOKEDEGREES

SLING RATEDLOAD FACTOR

120-180 1.00

105-120 0.93

90-105 0.87

CAUTION: Do Not Exceed Rated Capacities

ACIDSALCHO-HOLS

AIDE-HYDES

STRONGALKALIS

BLEACH-INGAGENTS

DRYCLEAN-INGAGENTS ETHERS

HALO-GENATEDHYDRO-CARBONS

HYDRO-CAR-BONS KETONES

OILSCRUDE

OILSLUBRI-CATING

SOAP &DETER-GENTS

WATER&SEA-WATER

WEAKALKA-LIS

NYLON NO OK OK OK NO OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK

POLYESTER * OK NO ** OK OK NO OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK

* Disintegrated by concentrated sulfuric acid ** Degraded by strong alkalis at elevated temperatures

RATED CAPACITY OFCHOKER HITCH TABLE

GENERAL GUIDE TO CHEMICAL ENVIRONMENTS

Web Sl ings

75

WEB

SLING

S

VERSATILE NYLON WEB SLINGS AND POLYESTER LOAD BINDERS

CAUTION: Do not use aluminum fittings where acids, alkalis or other corrosive agents are present.The above capacities are for steel hardware only. Aluminum hardware may only be used with single ply web slings.Capacities shown represent minimum values. For actual rated capacities consult Delta Rigging and Tools.

STOCK WIDTH (IN.) VERTICAL CHOKER 90° 60° 45° 30°

TC1-902 2 3,100 2,480 6,200 5,369 4,383 3,100

TC1-903 3 4,700 3,760 9,400 8,140 6,646 4,700

TC1-904 4 6,200 4,960 12,400 10,738 8,767 6,200

TC1-906 6 9,300 7,440 18,600 16,108 13,150 9,300

TC1-908 8 11,800 9,440 23,600 20,438 16,665 11,800

TC1-910 10 14,700 11,760 29,400 25,460 20,786 14,700

TC1-912 12 17,600 14,080 35,200 30,483 24,888V 17,600

TRIANGLE/CHOKER

TYPE I

End fittings are steel or aluminumwith a slip through design whichprovides good choke hitching.Also can be used in vertical orbasket hitches.

Available in Nylon or PolyesterWebbing.

TRIANGLE/TRIANGLE

TYPE I I

End fittings are steel or aluminumdesigned to be used in only avertical or basket hitch.

CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED RATED CAPACITIES.

WARNING: Failure to read, understand andfollow the use and inspection instructionscould result in severe personal injury ordeath. Do not exceed rated capacities.

STEEL AND ALUMINUM HARDWARE

1-PL

Y2-

PLY

BASKET HITCH

STOCK WIDTH (IN.) VERTICAL CHOKER 90° 60° 45° 30°

TC2-902 2 6,200 4,960 12,400 10,738 8,767 6,200

TC2-903 3 8,800 7,040 17,600 15,242 12,443 8,800

TC2-904 4 11,000 8,800 22,000 19,052 15,554 11,000

TC2-906 6 16,500 13,200 33,000 28,578 23,331 16,500

TC2-908 8 22,700 18,160 45,400 39,316 32,098 22,700

TC2-910 10 28,400 22,720 56,800 49,189 40,158 28,400

TC2-912 12 34,100 27,280 58,200 59,061 48,217V 34,100

BASKET HITCHSTEEL HARDWARE ONLY

76

Web Sl ingsW

EB S

LIN

GS

EYE & EYE TYPE III (FLAT) & TYPE IV (TWIST)

EYE & EYE/FLAT - TYPE I I I

Sling made with a flat loop on each end with loop eyeopening on same plane as sling body. This type of sling issometimes called a flat eye and eye, eye and eye, ordouble eye sling.

EYE & EYE/TWIST - TYPE IV

Sling made with both loop eyes formed as in Type III, exceptthat the loop eyes are turned to form a loop eye which isat a right angle to the plane of the sling body. This type ofsling is commonly referred to as a twisted eye sling.

STOCK NO. WIDTH (IN.) VERTICAL CHOKER 90° 60° 45° 30° EYE LENGTH

EE1901 1 1,600 1,280 3,200 2,771 2,262 1,600 9

EE1902 2 3,100 2,480 6,200 5,369 4,383 3,100 9

EE1903 3 4,700 3,760 9,400 8,140 6,646 4,700 11

EE1904 4 6,200 4,960 12,400 10,738 8,767 6,200 12

EE1906 6 9,300 7,440 18,600 16,108 13,150 9,300 12

EE1908 8 11,800 9,440 23,600 20,438 16,665 11,800 18

EE1910 10 14,700 11,760 29,400 25,460 20,786 14,700 18

EE1912 12 17,600 14,080 35,200 30,483 24,886 17,600 24

BASKET HITCH

*Rated loads are for slings without tapered eyes. Folding or bunching which occurswhen used with shackles, hooks or other applications will reduce the rated load.Capacities shown represent minimum values. For actual rated capacities consultDelta Rigging and Tools.


1-PL

Y2-

PLY

LENGTH

LENGTH


EE2901 1 3,100 2,480 6,200 5,369 4,383 3,100 9

EE2902 2 6,200 4,960 12,400 10,738 8,767 6,200 9

EE2903 3 8,800 7,040 17,600 15,242 12,443 8,800 11

EE2904 4 11,000 8,800 22,000 19,052 15,554 11,000 12

EE2906 6 16,500 13,200 33,000 28,578 23,331 16,500 16

EE2908 8 22,700 18,160 45,400 39,316 32,098 22,700 20

EE2910 10 28,400 22,720 56,800 49,189 40,158 28,400 24

EE2912 12 34,100 27,280 68,200 59,061 48,217 34,100 24

BASKET HITCH

ONE AND TWO-PLY

WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use andinspection instructions could result in severe personal injury ordeath. Do not exceed rated capacities.

Web Sl ings

77

WEB

SLING

S

EYE & EYE TYPE III (FLAT) & TYPE IV (TWIST)




EE3901 1 4,100 3,300 8,200 7,052 5,781 4,100 10

EE3902 2 8,200 6,600 16,400 14,104 11,562 8,200 12

EE3903 3 12,300 9,900 24,600 21,156 17,343 12,300 14

EE3904 4 15,300 12,200 30,600 26,316 21,573 15,300 16

EE3906 6 22,900 18,300 45,800 39,388 32,289 22,900 18

EE3908 8 30,700 24,600 61,400 52,804 43,287 30,700 24

EE3910 10 36,000 28,800 72,000 61,920 50,760 36,000 24

EE3912 12 40,300 32,200 80,600 69,316 56,823 40,300 24

BASKET HITCH

3-PL

Y4-

PLY


EE4901 1 5,500 4,400 11,000 9,526 7,777 5,500 10

EE4902 2 11,000 8,800 22,000 19,052 15,554 11,000 12

EE4903 3 16,400 13,120 32,800 28,405 23,190 16,400 14

EE4904 4 20,400 16,320 40,800 35,333 28,846 20,400 16

EE4906 6 30,600 24,480 61,200 52,999 43,268 30,600 18

EE4908 8 40,960 32,768 81,920 70,451 57,753 40,960 24

EE4910 10 48,000 38,400 96,000 82,560 67,680 48,000 24

EE4912 12 53,760 43,008 107,520 92,467 75,801 53,760 24

BASKET HITCH

THREE AND FOUR-PLY


78

Web Sl ingsW

EB S

LIN

GS

ENDLESS TYPE VEndless sling, sometimes referred to as a grommet. It is a continuous loop formed by joining the ends of the fabric togetherwith a splice.



STOCK NO. WIDTH (IN.) VERTICAL CHOKER 90° 60° 45° 30°

EN1901 1 3,200 2,560 6,400 5,542 4,525 3,200

EN1902 2 6,200 4,960 12,400 10,738 8,767 6,200

EN1903 3 9,400 7,520 18,800 16,281 13,292 9,400

EN1904 4 12,400 9,920 24,800 21,477 17,534 12,400

EN1906 6 18,600 14,880 37,200 32,215 26,300 18,600

EN1908 8 21,200 16,960 42,400 36,718 29,977 21,200

EN1910 10 26,500 21,200 53,000 45,580 37,471 26,500

EN1912 12 31,800 25,440 63,600 55,078 44,965 31,800

BASKET HITCH

1-PL

Y2-

PLY


EN2901 1 6,200 4,960 12,400 10,738 8,767 6,200

EN2902 2 12,400 9,920 24,800 21,477 17,534 12,400

EN2903 3 17,600 14,080 35,200 30,483 24,886 17,600

EN2904 4 22,000 17,600 44,000 38,104 31,108 22,000

EN2906 6 33,000 26,400 66,000 57,156 46,662 33,000

EN2908 8 42,300 33,840 84,600 73,264 59,812 42,300

EN2910 10 52,900 42,320 105,800 91,623 74,801 52,900

EN2912 12 63,500 50,800 127,000 109,982 89,789 63,500

BASKET HITCH

ONE AND TWO-PLY


Web Sl ings

79

WEB

SLING

S


EN3901 1 8,200 6,600 16,400 14,104 11,562 8,200

EN3902 2 16,500 13,200 33,000 28,380 23,265 16,500

EN3903 3 24,700 19,800 49,400 42,484 34,827 24,700

EN3904 4 30,600 24,500 61,200 52,632 43,146 30,600

EN3906 6 45,900 36,700 91,800 78,948 64,719 45,900

EN3908 8 61,400 49,100 122,800 105,608 86,574 61,400

EN3910 10 72,000 57,600 144,000 123,840 101,520 72,000

EN3912 12 80,600 64,500 161,200 138,632 113,646 80,600

BASKET HITCH

3-PL

Y4-

PLY


EN4901 1 11,000 8,800 22,000 19,052 15,554 11,000

EN4902 2 22,000 17,600 44,000 38,104 31,108 22,000

EN4903 3 32,900 26,320 65,800 56,983 46,521 32,900

EN4904 4 40,800 32,640 81,600 70,666 57,691 40,800

EN4906 6 61,200 48,960 122,400 105,998 86,537 61,200

EN4908 8 81,920 65,536 163,840 140,902 115,507 81,920

EN4910 10 96,000 76,800 192,000 165,120 135,360 96,000

EN4912 12 107,520 86,016 215,040 184,934 151,603 107,520

BASKET HITCH

THREE AND FOUR PLY




ENDLESS TYPE V (CON'T)Endless sling, sometimes referred to as a grommet. It is a continuous loop formed by joining the ends of the fabric togetherwith a splice.

80

WEB

SLI

NG

SWeb Sl ings

REVERSED EYE TYPE VIThese are the most durable of all web slings. The complete sling, both sides, are covered with a buffer web for themaximum abrasion resistance, including the eyes. Eye configuration allows for tight choking also great for vertical andbasket hitches.

Capacities shown represent minimum values. For actual rated capacities consult Delta Rigging and Tools.

REVERSED EYE TYPE VI

REVERSEDEYETYPE VI VERTICAL CHOKER

VERTICALBASKET

SLINGWIDTH

SLINGTHICKNESS

EYELENGTH

RE1-902-1 3,200 2,560 6,400 2 5/16 9

RE1-904-1 6,400 5,120 12,800 4 5/16 15

RE1-906-1 9,600 7,680 19,200 6 5/16 15

RE2-902-2 6,400 5,120 12,800 2 1/2 9

RE2-904-2 12,800 10,240 25,600 4 1/2 15

RE2-906-2 17,760 14,208 35,520 6 1/2 15

RE3-904-3 17,760 14,208 35,520 4 11/16 15

RE3-906-3 26,640 21,312 53,280 6 11/16 15

RE4-906-4 35,520 28,416 71,040 6 7/8 15

SLING DIMENSIONSRATED CAPACITY IN POUNDS

LENGTH


81

WEB

SLING

S

INCHES PLY 60º 45º 30º

NOMINALEYE LENGTHL (INCHES)

NOMINALEYE WIDTHW (INCHES)

6 1 17,200 14,900 12,100 8,600 12 1-1/2

6 2 32,000 27,700 22,600 16,000 15 1-1/2

8 1 22,600 19,600 16,000 11,300 12 2

8 2 42,000 36,400 29,700 21,000 15 2

10 1 28,200 24,400 20,000 14,100 15 1-3/4

10 2 52,500 45,500 37,100 26,300 18 2-1/2

12 1 33,900 29,300 23,900 16,900 15 2

12 2 63,000 54,600 44,600 31,500 18 3*

16 1 43,900 38,000 31,000 22,000 18 3*

16 2 72,800 63,000 51,400 36,400 24 4*

20 1 51,000 44,100 36,000 25,500 24 3-1/2*

20 2 80,000 69,300 56,500 40,000 24 5*

24 1 56,400 48,900 39,900 28,200 24 4*

24 2 88,400 76,600 62,500 44,200 24 6*

BASKET HITCHRATED CAPACITY (POUNDS)*

WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow theuse and inspection instructions could result in severepersonal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.

* Narrower taper available on special request only.Wear pads are available for eyes and sling body on request.Warning: Horizontal sling angles less than 30° shall not be used.

Web Sl ings

WIDE BODY BASKET - WBB TYPE 8

These are designed for use in basket hitches where you need a wide sling for load stability and for proper handling offragile or highly finished surfaces. Eyes of slings are tapered to fit in hoist or crane hooks.

82

WEB

SLI

NG

S

INCHES PLY 60º 45º 30º

NOMINALEYE LENGTHW (INCHES)

NOMINALEYE WIDTHL (INCHES)

6 1 6,000 5,200 4,200 3,000 1 9

8 1 6,000 5,200 4,200 3,000 1 12

10 1 6,000 5,200 4,200 3,000 1 15

12 1 6,000 5,200 4,200 3,000 1 18

16 1 10,000 8,700 7,100 5,000 2 24

20 1 10,000 8,700 7,100 5,000 2 24

24 1 10,000 8,700 7,100 5,000 2 24

Web Sl ings

LOAD BALANCER BASKET - LBB TYPE 9

These are designed for applications where you need a wide sling for load stability and for proper handling of fragile orhighly finished surfaces. They have lower rated capacity than the Wide Body Basket. Eyes are constructed to fit properly on small hoist hooks and are reinforced for longer life.

BASKET HITCH

WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow theuse and inspection instructions could result in severepersonal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.

RATED CAPACITY (POUNDS)*

Warning: Horizontal sling angles less than 30° shall not be used.

83

WEB

SLING

SWeb Sl ings

MULTI-LEGGED BRIDLE SLINGS

These Bridle Slings assemblies are used on lifts that needmultiple legs and come equipped with many variations ofrings, hooks and other fittings.

3 and 4 legged assemblies available on request. Because of the wide variety of fittings which can greatlyaffect the rated capacity of an assembly, please contact Delta Rigging and Tools to discuss your specificlifting requirements.

SINGLE-LEGGED HARDWARE SLINGS

These Bridle Slings assemblies are used on lifts that needmultiple legs and come equipped with many variations ofrings, hooks and other fittings.

WARNING: Failure to read, understand andfollow the use and inspection instructions couldresult in severe personal injury or death. Do notexceed rated capacities.

84

WEB

SLI

NG

SHow to Order

TUFFY BRAND UTILITY SLINGSDelta Rigging and Tools is dedicated to the manufacturing of synthetic web slings that meet or exceed current industrystandards (OSHA and ANSI B30.9). Only the finest domestic webbing and hardware is used so that you are assured of thebest in each and every web sling. All webbing has a red thread woven into the core to serve as a warning to the operator,when exposed, the web sling has reached the end of safe use. However, red yarns are not the only criteria for determiningthe removal of web slings from service. When in doubt as to the serviceability of a web sling, consult your manufacturer orOSHA Standards as to proper use or removal from service. All the load charts herein are based on a safety factor of 5:1.However, all loading is based on new and unused slings and does not relieve the end user from responsibility for regularinspection for damage and serviceability. (See manufacturer’s warranty and liability.)

ALL ORDERS MUST SPECIFY:

1. Sling type number and Stock number as given.2. Length of sling, measured as shown.3. Width of the sling body.4. Webbing material – Nylon or Polyester.5. Description of end fittings for slings where a

choice of fittings is offered.

SPECIAL ORDERS AVAILABLE

Special design slings are available on special order.

DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIESAND LIMITS OF LIABILITYSeller warrants that its goods are free from defects in materials andworkmanship at time of delivery. Therefore, Seller’s liability is limited torefund of purchase price or replacement of goods upon written noticeand return prepaid to Seller to establish claim for any said defect.SELLER MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER,EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WHICH EXCEED THE ABOVEOBLIGATION ARE EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED BY SELLER.

WARNING:Failure to read, understand and follow the use and inspectioninstructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Do notexceed rated capacities.

85

WEB

SLING

SWeb Sl ings

SLING SAVER WEB SLING SHACKLES• Shackles available in size 3-1/4 to 50 tons.• All Alloy construction.• Design factor of 5 to 1.• Each shackle has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability

along with a Working Load Limit and the name Crosby forged into it.• Increased radius of bow gives wider sling bearing surface resulting in an

increased area for load distribution, thus:• Increasing Synthetic Sling efficiency by at least 15% as compared to

standard anchor and chain shackle bows and conventional hooks.This allows 100% of the slings rated Working Load Limit to be achieved.

• Allows better load distribution on internal fibers.• Crosby products meet or exceed all the requirements of ASME B30.26

including identification, ductility, design factor, proof load and temperaturerequirements. Importantly, Crosby products meet other critical performancerequirements including fatigue life, impact properties and material traceability,not addressed by ASME B30.26.

• Shackles available in both a Screw Pin and Bolt, Nut and cotter pin configuration.• Bolt (Pin) has a larger diameter that provides better load distribution.• Look for the Red Pin® . . . the mark of Genuine Crosby quality.

S-252 BOLT TYPE

SLING SHACKLE

S-253 SCREW PIN

SLING SHACKLE

Crosby Sling Saver hardware meets the requirements forminimum stock diameter or thickness, and effective contactwidth shown in the Recommended Standards Specificationfor Synthetic Polyester Roundslings by the Web Sling & TieDown Association. WSTDA-RS1 (revised 2001)

WEB SLINGEYE WIDTH(INCHES)

ROUNDSLINGSIZE(NO.)

WORKINGLOADLIMIT(TONS)*

WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) A B C D E F G H J K L M

1 1 & 2 3-1/4 1.4 .88 .62 1.38 .75 1.50 .44 3.38 3.68 1.12 1.50 .75 2.69

1.5 3 & 4 6-1/2 2.4 1.25 .75 1.75 .88 1.88 .50 4.15 4.25 1.31 1.81 1.00 3.38

2 5 & 6 8-3/4 4.1 1.38 .88 2.25 1.00 2.81 .56 5.50 4.72 1.50 2.09 1.12 4.19

3 7 & 8 12-1/2 8.0 1.62 1.12 3.25 1.25 3.06 .75 6.34 5.88 1.88 2.62 1.38 5.62

4 9 & 10 20-1/2 16.9 2.12 1.38 4.50 1.50 5.25 .88 9.45 7.19 2.25 3.12 1.75 7.50

5 11 & 12 35 35.0 2.50 1.75 5.50 2.00 6.34 1.12 11.50 9.31 3.00 4.19 2.25 9.19

6 13 50 57.5 3.00 2.12 6.50 2.25 7.70 1.25 13.75 10.38 3.38 4.75 2.75 11.00

S-252 BOLT TYPE SLING SHACKLE

S-253 SCREW PIN SLING SHACKLE

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)

WEBSLINGEYE WIDTH(INCHES)

ROUNDSLINGSIZE(NO.)


WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) A B C D E G K L M N P R

1 1 & 2 3-1/4 1.4 .88 .62 1.38 .75 1.50 3.38 1.50 .75 2.69 3.22 .44 1.00

1.5 3 & 4 6-1/2 2.2 1.25 .75 1.75 .88 1.88 4.15 1.81 1.00 3.38 4.03 .50 1.19

2 5 & 6 8-3/4 3.8 1.38 .88 2.25 1.00 2.81 5.50 2.09 1.12 4.19 4.50 .50 1.44

3 7 & 8 12-1/2 7.3 1.62 1.12 3.25 1.25 3.06 6.34 2.62 1.38 5.62 5.59 .62 1.81

4 9 & 10 20-1/2 15.2 2.12 1.38 4.50 1.50 5.25 9.45 3.12 1.75 7.50 6.88 .75 2.13

5 11 & 12 35 30.8 2.50 1.75 5.50 2.00 6.34 11.50 4.19 2.25 9.19 8.66 1.00 2.88

6 13 50 52.0 3.00 2.12 6.50 2.25 7.70 13.75 4.75 2.75 11.00 10.22 1.22 3.19

* Maximum Proof Load is2.5 times the WorkingLoad Limit. MinimumUltimate Strength is 5times the Working LoadLimit.

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)

* Maximum Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Strength is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

86

WEB

SLI

NG

SWeb Sl ings

SLING SAVER WEB SLING HOOKS• Hook capacities available: 1-1/2, 3, and 5 tons.• All Alloy construction.• Design factor of 5 to 1.• Each hook has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability along with

a working load limit and the name Crosby forged into it.• Originally designed for 2-Ply Web slings, the Crosby Web Sling hook can also be

used with Round Slings as long as the Working Load Limit ratings are compatible.The new hook incorporates the following features:

• Eye is designed with a wide beam surface which:• Eliminates bunching effects.• Reduces sling tendency to slide.• Allows better load distribution on internal fibers.

• All hooks feature Crosby’s patented QUIC-CHECK® indicators.• Hook Web Sling Eye width available 1", 2", and 3".• Fatigue rated to 20,000 cycles at 1-1/2 times the Working Load Limit.

WS-320A

WEB SLING HOOK

* Maximum Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

Crosby Sling Saver hardware meets the requirements for minimum stock diameter or thickness, and effective contact width shown in the RecommendedStandards Specification for Synthetic Polyester Roundslings by the Web Sling & Tie Down Association. WSTDA-RS1 (revised 2001)

WEB SLINGEYE WIDTH(INCHES)

ROUND SLING SIZE(NO.)

WORKINGLOAD LIMIT(TONS)*

WEIGHTEACH(LBS.)

HOOK I.D.CODE

1 1 1-1/2 1.10 FA

2 2 3 2.86 HA

3 3 5 6.60 IA

WS-320A WEB SLING HOOKS

HOOKI.D.CODE

WORKINGLOADLIMIT(TONS)* A B C D F G H J K L M N O P Q T AA

FA 1-1/ 2 5.25 2.26 3.98 3.11 1.38 .84 .94 .93 .71 1.50 .63 .75 .91 2.24 1.01 .98 2.00

HA 3 7.11 3.66 5.31 3.97 1.63 1.13 1.32 1.13 .94 2.50 .85 1.13 1.09 2.82 1.69 1.16 2.00

IA 5 9.33 5.13 7.06 4.81 2.00 1.44 1.63 1.47 1.31 3.75 1.13 1.63 1.36 3.51 2.59 1.53 2.50

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)

WARNING: Failure to read, understandand follow the use and inspectioninstructions could result in severepersonal injury or death. Do not exceedrated capacities.

87

WEB

SLING

SWeb Sl ings

SLING SAVER WEB SLING HOOKS• Available in 2 sizes: 3-1/4 tons (2" webbing) and 4-1/2 tons (3" webbing)• Forged Alloy steel.• Design factor of 5 to 1.• Each Connector has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material

traceability along with a Working Load Limit and the name Crosby forgedinto it.

• Special design of hook protects the synthetic sling when dropped ordragged.

• Designed to reduce friction, abrasion, and fraying in choker area.• Uses same spool and cover as S-280 Web Connector.• Replacement Kit for Spool and Web Cover available.

S-287 WEB SLINGCHOKER HOOK

* NOTE: Designed for use with Type III, (Eye & Eye),Class 7, 2-Ply web slings.** Maximum Proof Load is 2.5 times the WorkingLoad Limit. Average straightening load (ultimateload) is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

Crosby Sling Saver hardware meets therequirements for minimum stock diameter orthickness, and effective contact width shown in theRecommended Standards Specification forSynthetic Polyester Roundslings by the Web Sling &Tie Down Association. WSTDA-RS1 (revised 2001)

INSPECTION INFORMATION

WEB SLINGWeb slings shall not be constricted or bunched between the ears of a clevisor shackle, or in a hook.

ROUND SLINGSThe round sling shall not be constricted or bunched between the ears of aclevis or shackle, or in a hook.

The opening of fitting shall be proper shape and size to ensure that thefitting will seat properly on the round sling.

When a Round Sling is used with a shackle, it is recommended that it beused (rigged) in the bow of the shackle.

SYNTHETIC SLINGS RATED LOADFolding, bunching or pinching of synthetic slings, which occurs when usedwith shackles, hooks or other applications will reduce the rated load.

When connecting web or round slings, use conventional fittings with:1. Large Radius2. Straight Pins3. Pads or use special fittings designed for synthetic slings. ANSI B30.9-1994

ROUNDSLINGSIZE(NO.)

WEBBINGWIDTH(INCHES)

EYEWIDTH(INCHES) PLY

WORKINGLOADLIMIT(TONS)**

WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) A B C D E F G H J

1 & 2 2 2 2 3-1/4 3.7 2.13 2.50 3.32 .38 6.03 4.77 4.88 .34 1.50

3 3 1.5 2 4-1/2 6.1 1.63 3.50 3.67 .38 7.06 4.53 6.51 1.36 1.88

S-287 WEB SLING CHOKER HITCHDIMENSIONS (INCHES)

BUNCHING PINCHING

WEB SLINGS*

88

Round Sl ing UseR

OU

ND

SLI

NG

S

RECOMMENDED OPERATING PRACTICES FOR POLYESTER ROUND SLINGSMECHANICAL CONSIDERATIONS

1. Determine weight of the load. The weight of the load shallbe within the rated capacity of the polyester round sling(s).

2. Select a polyester round sling having suitablecharacteristics – for the type of load, hitch and environment.

3. Polyester round slings shall not be loaded in excess ofthe rated capacity. Consideration shall be given to theround sling to load angle which affects rated capacities.

4. Polyester round slings with fittings which are used in achoker hitch shall be of sufficient length to assure that thechoking action is on the roundsling, and never on the fitting.

5. Polyester round slings used in a basket hitch – shallhave the load balanced to prevent slippage.

6. The openings in fittings shall be the proper shape andsize to ensure that the fittings will seat properly on thepolyester round sling, crane hook, or other attachments.

7. Polyester round slings shall always be protectedfrom being cut by sharp corners, sharp edges,protrusions or abrasive surfaces.

8. Polyester round slings shall not be dragged on thefloor or over abrasive surfaces.

9. Polyester round slings shall not be twisted, shortened,lengthened, tied in knots, or joined by knotting.

10. Polyester round slings shall not be pulled from underloads when the load is resting on the polyester round sling.

11. Do not drop polyester round slings equipped withmetal fittings.

12. Polyester round slings that appear to be damaged shallnot be used unless inspected and accepted as usable.

13. The polyester round sling shall be hitched in amanner providing control of the load.

14. Personnel, including all portions of the human body,shall be kept from between the polyester round slingand the load, and from between the polyester roundsling and the crane hook or hoist hook.

15. Personnel shall stand clear of the suspended load.16. Personnel shall not ride the polyester round sling or

the load being lifted.17. Shock loading shall be avoided.18. Twisting the legs (branches) shall be avoided.19. Load applied to the hook shall be centered in the base

(bowl) of hook to prevent point loading on the hook.20. During lifting, with or without the load, personnel shall

be alert for possible snagging of the polyester round sling.21. The polyester roundslings legs (branches) shall contain

or support the load from the sides above the center ofgravity when using a basket hitch.

22. Polyester roundslings shall be long enough so thatthe rated load (rated capacity) is adequate when thesling to load angle is taken into consideration.

23. Only polyester round slings with legibleidentification tags shall be used.

24. Tags and labels should be kept away from the load,hook and point of choke.

25. The polyester round sling shall not be constricted orbunched between the ears of a clevis, shackle, or in a hook.When a polyester round sling is used with a shackle, it isrecommended that it be used (rigged) in the bow of the shackle.

26. Place blocks under load prior to setting down the loadto allow removal of the polyester round sling, ifapplicable.


1. Polyester round slings should be stored in a cool, dryand dark place to prevent loss of strength when not inuse through exposure to ultra-violet rays. Polyester roundslings shall not be stored in chemically active areas.

2. Chemically active environments can affect the strengthof polyester round slings in varying degrees rangingfrom little to total degradation. The polyester round slingmanufacturer or qualified person should be consultedbefore slings are used in chemically active environments.

Acids Polyester is resistant to many acids, but is subject todegradation, ranging from little to moderate in someacids. Each application shall be evaluated, taking intoconsideration the following:a. Type of Acid c. Concentrationb. Exposure Conditions d. Temperature

AlkalisPolyester is subject to degradation in alkalis, rangingfrom little to total degradation.Each application shall beevaluated, taking into consideration the following:a. Type of Alkali c. Concentrationb. Exposure Conditions d. Temperature

3. Polyester round slings shall not be used at temperaturesin excess of 194 degrees F (90 degrees C) or temperaturesbelow minus 40 degrees F (minus 40 degrees C).

4. Polyester round slings incorporating aluminumfittings shall not be used where fumes, vapors, sprays,mists or liquids of alkalis and/or acids are present.


Round Sl ing Use

89

RO

UN

D SLIN

GS

RECOMMENDED OPERATING PRACTICES FOR ROUND SLINGSINSPECTION

Polyester round slings shall be visually inspected by adesignated person handling the polyester round sling beforeeach use. These visual observations shall be concernedwith the identification tag and discovering damage.Polyester round slings shall be removed from service ifthere is any doubt as to the condition of the round sling.

TYPE OF INSPECTION

a. Initial Inspection – Before any polyester round sling isplaced into service, it shall be inspected by a designatedperson to ensure that the correct round sling is beingused, as well as to determine that the round sling meetsthe requirements of this specification.

b. Frequent Inspection – This inspection shall beconducted by a qualified person handling the polyesterround sling each time the round sling is used.

c. Periodic Inspection – This inspection shall beconducted by a designated person. Frequency ofinspection should be based on:1. Frequency of use2. Severity of service conditions3. Experience gained on the service life of polyester

round slings used in similar applications4. Periodic inspections should be conducted at least

monthly

REMOVAL FROM SERVICE

A polyester round sling shall be removed from service ifany of the following is visible:a. If polyester round sling identification tag is missing or

unreadable.b. Melting, charring, or weld spatter of any part of the

polyester round sling.c. Holes, tears, cuts, embedded particles, abrasive wear or

snags that expose the core fibers of the polyester roundsling.

d. Broken or worn stitching in the cover which exposes thecore fibers.

e. Fittings when damaged, stretched or distorted in any way.f. Polyester round slings that are knotted.g. Acid or alkali burns of the polyester round sling.h. Any conditions which cause doubts as to the strength of

the polyester round sling.

INSPECTION RECORDS

Written inspection records, utilizing the identification foreach polyester round sling as established by the user,should be kept on file. These records should show adescription of the new polyester round sling and itscondition on each subsequent inspection.

REPAIR OF ROUND SLINGS

There shall be no repairs of load bearing fibers. Repairs tothe protective covers shall be done only by the originalmanufacturer or their appointed agent. Only polyester roundslings which can be identified from the information on theidentification tag shall be repaired. All repaired polyesterround slings shall be proof tested to a minimum of two (2)times the rated capacity before being put back into service.Certification of proof test should be provided.


90

Round Sl ingsR

OU

ND

SLI

NG

S

TUFFY HP HIGH PERFORMANCE ROUND SLINGS NO GIMMICKS, JUSTPERFORMANCE

TuffyHP round slings combine the superior flexibility of theFlexi-Grip with high performance super-aramid fibers thatmake up the TuffyHP to give you a lighter, stronger, lessbulky, flexible lifting sling to accommodate a wide variety ofdifficult loads. The flexibility and compact size promoterigging speed and allow for easy storage andtransportation.

SUPERIOR MATERIALS PRODUCE

EXCEPTIONAL RESULTS

TuffyHP round slings are manufactured using the sameproven and familiar process used for over 10 years in theFlexi-Grip product line, but now with the introduction ofengineered, high-performance inner super-aramid fibers,encased in an abrasive resistant jacket, high performanceround slings take on a whole new level of liftingcapabilities.

HIGH HEAT RESISTANCE

TuffyHP round slings maintain good properties even underhigh temperature rigging environments up to 350° F, whileother high performance synthetic slings may begin todeteriorate at 200° F.

UNSURPASSED STRENGTH TOWEIGHT RATIO

TuffyHP round slings exhibit super high strength whencompared to other sling materials of the same weight.TuffyHP slings are 8 times as strong as steel and 3 timesas strong as polyester or nylon. Lower overall sling weightsresult in faster rigging times, increased rigger safety duringtransport and the rigging process, and a higher loadcapacity per lift since less weight is required for the slingitself.

SLING FATIGUE & STRETCHRESISTANCE — LESS THAN 1%STRETCHTuffyHP super-aramid fiber round sling has a longer servicelife when compared to other high strength slings andmaintains a stretch factor of less than 1% at its ratedcapacity. This enables precise load control that minimizesadjustments for stretch and reduces headroom problems ofyour lift.

CHEMICAL RESISTANCE

The high performance super-aramid fibers used in TuffyHPround slings exhibit high resistance to both acids andalkalis as well as organic solvents. They are also stableagainst seawater and steam and show good hydrolyticresistance.

ADJUSTABLE WEAR PADS &SAFETY — ALL STANDARD

In addition to the already tough exterior, TuffyHP roundslings all receive two heavy duty adjustable wear pads toprotect lifting eyes and to increase abrasion resistance. Formaximum visibility and safety, each sling is stenciled withthe model number which easily identifies the vertical liftingcapacity and is tagged with full capacities and usageinformation.

Round Sl ings

91

ROUN

D SLIN

GS

TUFFY HP HIGH PERFORMANCE ROUND SLINGS

SPECIFICATIONS AND RATED CAPACITY (POUNDS)

WEBCOLOR MODEL #

APPROX.BODYDIAMETER(INCHES)

APPROX.BODYWEIGHT/FT.POUNDS VERTICAL CHOKER BASKET 60º 45º

Orange TuffyHP-10 1.00 0.28 10,000 8,000 20,000 17,300 14,100

Orange TuffyHP-15 1.25 0.41 15,000 12,000 30,000 26,000 21,200

Orange TuffyHP-20 1.25 0.47 20,000 16,000 40,000 34,600 28,230

Orange TuffyHP-30 1.50 0.78 30,000 24,000 60,000 52,000 42,400

Orange TuffyHP-40 2.25 1.08 40,000 32,000 80,000 69,300 56,500

Orange TuffyHP-50 2.25 1.15 50,000 40,000 100,000 86,600 70,700

Orange TuffyHP-60 2.50 1.36 60,000 48,000 120,000 103,900 84,800

Orange TuffyHP-70 2.50 1.52 70,000 56,000 140,000 121,200 99,000

Orange TuffyHP-90 3.00 1.97 90,000 72,000 180,000 155,900 127,300

Orange TuffyHP-100 3.00 2.12 100,000 80,000 200,000 173,200 141,400

Orange TuffyHP-120 3.50 2.52 120,000 96,000 240,000 207,800 169,700

Orange TuffyHP-150 3.50 3.01 150,000 120,000 300,000 259,800 212,100

* Always review sling tags for most recent working load limits.

92

Round Sl ingsR

OU

ND

SLI

NG

S

FLEXI-GRIP ROUND SLINGSRoundslings are fabricated with high-quality, high-strength 100% polyester fibers. These fibers are encased in aseamless double-walled polyester jacket providing maximum protection to the inner load bearing fibers. These slingsoffer an exceptionally soft and easy-to-work-with rigging tool that grips the load without marring load surface.

FLEXI-GRIP ROUND SLING RATED CAPACITIES

INCHES LBS/FT VERTICAL CHOKER BASKET60º BASKET*

45º BASKET*

30º BASKET

FG0600 PURPLE 0.60 0.30 2,600 2,100 5,200 4,500 3,600 2,600

FG0800 GREEN 0.80 0.40 5,300 4,200 10,600 9,100 7,400 5,300

FG1000 YELLOW 1.00 0.50 8,400 6,700 16,800 14,500 11,800 8,400

FG1200 TAN 1.20 0.60 10,600 8,500 21,200 18,300 15,000 10,600

FG1300 RED 1.30 0.80 13,200 10,600 26,400 22,800 18,600 13,200

FG1400 WHITE 1.40 0.90 16,800 13,400 33,600 29,100 23,700 16,800

FG1550 BLUE 1.55 1.20 21,200 17,000 42,400 36,700 29,900 21,200

FG1750 ORANGE 1.75 1.50 25,000 20,000 50,000 43,300 35,300 25,000

FG1950 ORANGE 1.95 2.00 31,000 24,800 62,000 53,600 43,800 31,000

FG2350 BLACK 2.35 2.80 40,000 32,000 80,000 69,200 56,500 40,000

FG3150 BLACK 3.15 3.60 53,000 42,400 106,000 91,600 74,800 53,000

FG3950 BLACK 3.95 4.60 66,000 52,800 132,000 114,400 93,400 66,000

FG4800 BLACK 4.80 5.80 90,000 72,000 180,000 155,800 127,200 90,000

* Rated capacities are determined with the sling angle calculated from the vertical.

WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and inspection instructions could result in severe personalinjury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.

®

ROUND SLING FEATURES

• High strength to weight ratio• Low elongation/Extreme flexibility• Double cover for extra life• Endless style means that wear points always change

with each lift• Polyester interior fibers do not contact the load,

meaning little wear as long as cover is intact• Long lasting tag indicates working load limits• Different colors indicate load limits through FG1550

TECHNICAL DATA

• Maximum working temperature 200º F• Oil and grease do not normally affect strength• Resistant to most acids, however is not resistant to

concentrations of alkalis• Does not lose strength in water – will not rot or mildew• Excellent resistance to ultra-violet rays because outer

cover protects inner fibers• Only 3% elongation

93

RO

UN

D SLIN

GS

Round Sl ings

ROUND SLING ACCESSORIESFLEXI-GRIP WEAR PADS

Wear pads are available in tough, durable polyester orleather for added resistance to cutting and abrasion thatmight otherwise cause early retirement.

EYE & EYE ROUND SLINGS

Eye & Eye Round slings can be fabricated to customerspecifications when required.


94

WIR

E M

ESH

SLI

NG

SWire Mesh Sl ings

SLING LENGTH SELECTION

Accommodates Most Hooks To Listed SizeStandard Tolerance ± 1/2"

To find overall sling length for CHOKE HITCH – inColumn A find sling width selected. Then read acrossand find dimensions B & C. Minimum overall sling lengthequals B plus C plus circumference of load in inches.

Example: You wish to use a 10" wide sling on an 84"circumference. Minimum overall sling length equals102-1/2". (7-3/4 + 10-3/4 + 84")

To find overall sling length for BASKET HITCH – inColumn A find sling width selected. Then read acrossand find dimension E. Multiply dimension E by 2 and addcircumference of load in inches to determine minimumoverall sling length.

Example: You wish to use a 10" wide sling on an 84"circumference. Minimum overall sling length equals 86".(1" + 1" + 84")

AWIDTH(NOM.) B C D E F G H DD

HOOKSIZE

WT. 36"SLING

10GA.

12GA.

14GA.

2 4 6 2 1/2 2-3/4 1-3/4 4 3-3/4 5 Ton 5 1-1/4 1-1/8 3/4

3 5-1/4 7-1/2 3 3/4 3-1/2 2-1/2 5-1/4 5 10 Ton 8 1-7/8 1-3/4 1-1/8

4 5-1/2 7-3/4 4 3/4 3-1/2 2-1/2 6-1/4 5 10 Ton 10 2-1/2 2-1/4 1-1/2

6 6-1/2 9 6 1 4 2-3/4 8-1/2 6 15 Ton 15 3-7/8 3-3/8 2-1/4

8 8-3/4 12 8 1-1/4 5-1/2 4 11-1/4 8-1/2 25 Ton 20 5-1/8 4-1/2 3

10 7-3/4 10-3/4 10-1/4 1 5 3-1/2 12-3/4 7-1/2 25 Ton 26 6-3/8 5-5/8 3-3/4

12 8 11-1/4 12-1/4 1 5 3-1/2 14-3/4 7-1/2 30 Ton 33 7-5/8 6-3/4 4-1/2

14 8-1/4 12 14-1/4 1-1/4 5 3-1/2 17 7-3/4 30 Ton 37 8-7/8 7-7/8 5-1/4

16 8-1/4 12-1/2 16-1/4 1-1/4 5 3-1/2 19 7-3/4 30 Ton 44 10-1/8 9 6

18 8-1/2 13-1/4 18 2 5 4 21-1/4 11 30 Ton 51 11-3/8 10-1/8 6-3/4

20 8-1/2 14 20 2 5 4 23-1/4 11-1/4 30 Ton 58 12-3/4 11-1/4 7-1/2

FABRIC LBS./FT.OF LENGTHINCHES

WIRE MESH SLING

95

WIR

E MESH

SLING

SWire Mesh Sl ings

SLING WIDTH SELECTIONHOW TO SELECT SLINGWIDTH ACCORDING TOCAPACITY, HITCH ANDSPECIFICATION:

First, determine the hitch you will usefor the gauge selected. Then readdown the column under the selectedhitch and gauge to the load weightyou wish to lift. Then read across tothe first column at left to find slingwidth required.

Example: You wish to use a G-43 sling in a choke hitch to lift 6,400pounds. Sling width required is 8".


G-35

HEA

VY D

UTY

G-48

MED

IUM

DUT

YG-

59 L

IGHT

DUT

Y

NOMINALWIDTH OFSLING(INCHES) CHOKER

VERTICALBASKET 60 DEGREE 45 DEGREE 30 DEGREE

2 1,600 3,200 2,700 2,000 1,600

3 3,000 6,000 5,100 3,800 2,800

4 4,400 8,800 7,480 5,600 4,400

6 6,600 13,200 11,225 8,400 6,600

8 8,800 17,600 15,000 11,250 8,800

10 11,000 22,000 18,700 14,000 11,000

12 13,200 26,400 22,440 16,800 13,200

14 15,400 30,800 26,180 19,600 15,400

16 17,600 35,200 29,920 22,400 17,600

18 19,800 39,600 33,660 25,200 19,800

20 22,000 44,000 37,400 28,000 22,000

2 1,450 2,900 2,320 1,740 1,450

3 2,175 4,350 3,700 2,700 2,175

4 2,900 5,800 4,900 3,670 2,900

6 4,800 9,600 8,150 6,100 4,800

8 6,400 12,800 10,880 8,100 6,400

10 8,000 16,000 13,600 10,200 8,000

12 9,600 19,200 16,300 12,000 9,600

14 11,200 22,400 19,000 14,000 11,200

16 12,800 25,600 21,700 16,200 12,800

18 13,500 27,000 22,900 17,000 13,500

20 15,000 30,000 25,500 19,000 15,000

2 900 1,800 1,600 1,300 900

3 1,400 2,800 2,400 2,000 1,400

4 2,000 4,000 3,500 2,800 2,000

6 3,000 6,000 5,200 4,200 3,000

8 4,000 8,000 6,900 5,700 4,000

10 5,000 10,000 8,600 7,100 5,000

12 6,000 12,000 10,400 8,500 6,000

14 7,000 14,000 12,100 9,900 7,000

16 8,000 16,000 13,900 11,300 8,000

18 9,000 18,000 15,600 12,700 9,000

20 10,000 20,000 17,300 14,100 10,000

EFFECT OF ANGLE ON RATEDCAPACITIES IN BASKET HITCH

Elastic ElongationThe colored area under the curve represents therope's energy-absorption capability.

Green working 219 ft. lbs./lb.

Red ultimate 3,617 ft. lbs./lb.

96

Ultrex P lus Double BraidUT

ILIT

Y RO

PE

Ultrex Plus is a double braid of ultra-high-molecular-weight polyethylene, treated withMaxijacket coating for enhanced toughness. Sleeved with hightenacity polyester, UltrexPlus is spliceable utilizing conventional high-modulus splice techniques, or the newYaletuck splice, which shortens the bury portion and minimizes the length of the largerdiameter associated with the splice. All strengths shown are for spliced line.

Ultrex Plus is identified by green and yellow strands braided into the sleeve structure.

Specific Gravity: 1.18

ULTREX PLUS DOUBLE BRAID

DATA

DIAM.INCHES

AVERAGEBREAKSTRENGTH(POUNDS)

MINIMUMBREAKSTRENGTH(POUNDS)

MAXIMUMWORKINGLOAD5:1

WEIGHTPOUNDSPER100 FT.

3⁄8 11,500 10,350 2,300 3.9

7⁄16 14,500 13,050 2,900 4.9

1⁄2 20,000 18,000 4,000 7.3

9⁄16 25,000 22,500 5,000 8.0

5⁄8 30,000 27,000 6,000 11.0

3⁄4 45,000 40,500 9,000 14.1

7⁄8 60,000 54,000 12,000 21.6

1 75,000 67,500 15,000 26.0

1-1⁄8 98,000 88,200 19,600 35.5

1-1⁄4 120,000 108,000 24,000 43.5

1-5⁄16 148,000 133,200 29,600 45.7

1-1⁄2 172,000 154,800 34,400 61.3

1-5⁄8 184,000 165,600 36,800 71.7

1-3⁄4 230,000 207,000 46,000 85.6

2 285,000 256,500 57,000 108.6

Dielectric StrengthThe maximum allowable leakage for new dry Ultrex Plus is 1.0milliamperes at 60 K DC volts when tested in accordance withYale Cordage Test Method DTP-185. Caution: Absorbed andentrained moisture or impurities will increase arope’s conductivity dramatically.

Working load is based on static or moderately dynamic lifting/pulling operations.Instantaneous changes in load, up or down, in excess of 10% of line’s rated workingload constitutes hazardous shock load and would void normal working-loadrecommendation. Consult Yale Cordage for guidelines for working loads and safe useof rope. Ultrex Plus is made to Yale Cordage Specification #YCI-UXP-026

Maxibra id P lus Double Braid

97

UTILITY ROPE

Maxibraid Plus is a double-braided rope constructed of an inner loadbearingcore of UHMPE® fiber. The polyester outer sleeve protects the strength member fromabrasion. The UHMPE fiber has the highest strength-to-weight ratio of any synthetic ornatural fiber and has stretch characteristics similar to wire. The UHMPE core is coatedwith Maxijacket™ prior to being over-braided for added toughness.

Maxibraid Plus is identified by red and blue strands braided into the sleeve structure.


MAXIBRAID PLUS DOUBLE BRAID

DATA

DIAM.INCHESAVERAGE

BREAKSTRENGTH(POUNDS)MINIMUM

BREAKSTRENGTH(POUNDS)MAXIMUM

WORKINGLOAD5:1WEIGHT

POUNDSPER100 FT.

1⁄4 5,100 3,870 1,020 2.4

5⁄16 7,500 5,130 1,500 2.9

3⁄8 8,600 7,740 1,720 3.8

7⁄16 11,300 10,350 2,260 5.4

1⁄2 20,000 18,000 4,000 7.3

5⁄8 26,500 23,850 5,300 12.4

3⁄4 34,500 31,050 6,900 15.0

13⁄16 40,000 36,000 8,000 17.3

7⁄8 50,000 45,000 10,000 23.2

1 60,000 54,000 12,000 28.2

1-1⁄8 73,000 65,700 14,600 33.9

1-1⁄4 84,000 75,600 16,800 39.9

1-5⁄16 100,000 90,000 20,000 45.7

1-1⁄2 118,000 106,200 23,600 58.0

1-5⁄8 142,000 127,800 28,400 71.7

1-3/4 167,500 150,750 33,500 85.6

Working load is based on static or moderately dynamic lifting/pulling operations.Instantaneous changes in load, up or down, in excess of 10% of line’s rated workingload constitutes hazardous shock load and would void normal working-loadrecommendation. Consult Yale Cordage for guidelines for working loads and safe useof rope. Maxibraid Plus is made to Yale Cordage Specification #YCI-MBP-062.




Dielectric StrengthThe maximum allowable leakage for new dry MaxibraidPlus is 1.0 milliamperes at 60 K DC volts whentested in accordance with Yale Cordage TestMethod DTP-185. Caution: Absorbed and entrainedmoisture or impurities will increase a rope’s conductivitydramatically.

SSppeecciiaall WWaarrnniinnggUHMPE-fibered ropes, at critical loads, will creep until they fail.Exercise special care when using these types of products.

98

Double Ester lon Double BraidUT

ILIT

Y RO

PE

Double Esterlon is a double-braided rope constructed of unique, hightenacity,cordage-finish polyester. Yale’s exceptionally high strengths comefrom selecting this yarn (minimum 9.2 gpd), careful attention to machine setup,and the extraordinary lubricity of the yarn. It offers low stretch, highstrength, and excellent wear life and dielectric strength.

Double Esterlon is identified by two adjacent green strands braided into the coverstructure. The date of manufacture is denoted by colored yarn between the core andthe sleeve.


DOUBLE ESTERLON DOUBLE BRAID




Dielectric StrengthThe maximum allowable leakage for new dry Double Esterlon is1.0 milliamperes at 60 KDC volts when tested in accordancewith Yale Cordage Test Method DTP-185. Caution: Absorbed andentrained moisture or impurities will increase a rope’sconductivity dramatically.

DATA

DIAM.INCHES





1⁄4 2,700 2,430 675 2.3

5⁄16 4,000 3,600 1,000 3.2

3⁄8 5,400 4.860 1,350 4.2

7⁄16 7,600 6,840 1,900 5.5

1⁄2 10,500 9,450 2,625 8.1

9⁄16 13,100 11,790 3,275 9.6

5⁄8 16,800 15,120 4,200 13.7

3⁄4 20,000 18,000 5,000 16.3

7⁄8 31,000 27,900 7,750 23.7

1 44,000 39,600 11,000 35.2

1-1⁄16 47,000 42,300 11,750 39.5

1-1⁄8 50,000 45,000 12,500 43.3

1-1⁄4 57,200 51,480 14,300 53.5

1-5⁄16 63,000 56,700 15,750 58.0

1-1⁄2 74,800 67,320 18,700 69.3

1-5/8 88,000 79,200 22,000 85.0

1-3/4 100,000 90,000 25,000 104.0

2 125,000 112,500 31,250 124.0

Working load is based on static or moderately dynamic lifting/pulling operations.Instantaneous changes in load, up or down, in excess of 10% of line’s rated workingload constitutes hazardous shock load and would void normal working-loadrecommendation. Consult Yale Cordage for guidelines for working loads and safe useof rope. Double Esterlon is made to Yale Cordage Specification #YCI-DE-022.

New 1-1/16" Diameter!

Maxibra id Single Bra id

99

UTILITY ROPE

Maxibraid is a single-braid rope constructed of UHMPE fiber. This fiber has the higheststrength-toweight ratio of any synthetic or natural fiber, and it floats. The integralMaxijacket coating firms the construction, increases wear life, and helps keepcontaminants out of rope. Maxibraid also has extremely low stretch, and it is laid firmerthan Ultrex, sacrificing tensile strength for longevity in tough field conditions.


MAXIBRAID SINGLE BRAID

DATA

DIAM.INCHES





1⁄4 6,600 5,940 1,320 1.5

5⁄16 9,800 8,820 1,960 2.4

3⁄8 14,300 12,870 2,860 3.5

7⁄16 18,000 16,200 3,600 4.1

1⁄2 26,500 23,850 5,300 6.9

9⁄16 32,000 28,800 6,400 8.0

5⁄8 39,500 35,550 7,900 9.2

3⁄4 49,000 44,100 9,800 13.0

7⁄8 69,000 62,100 13,800 17.8

1 82,000 73,800 16,400 22.7

1-1⁄8 108,000 97,200 21.600 28.6

1-1⁄4 120,000 108,000 24,000 36.3

1-5⁄16 130,000 117,000 26,000 39.4

1-1⁄2 156,000 140,400 31,200 45.3

1-3⁄4 230,000 207,000 46,000 71.1

2 250,000 225,000 50,000 80.0

Working load is based on static or moderately dynamic lifting/pullingoperations. Instantaneous changes in load, up or down, in excess of 10% ofline’s rated working load constitutes hazardous shock load and would voidnormal working-load recommendation. Consult Yale Cordage for guidelinesfor working loads and safe use of rope. Maxibraid is made in to Yale CordageSpecification #YCI-MB-006.




Dielectric StrengthThe maximum allowable leakage for new dry Maxibraid is 0.5milliamperes at 60K DC volts when tested in accordance withYale Cordage Test Method DTP-185. Caution: Absorbed andentrained moisture or impurities will increase a rope’sconductivity dramatically.

100

Ultrex Single Bra idUT

ILIT

Y RO

PE

Ultrex is a single-braid rope of 100% UHMPE fiber with our Maxijacket coating forsuperior abrasion resistance. Ultrex’s braid angles and twist level are designed tooptimize break strength. With better bend-over-sheave resistance than other high-modulus fiber ropes, Ultrex has zero water absorption and maintains its flexibility evenin freezing conditions.


ULTREX SINGLE BRAID

DATA

DIAM.INCHES





3⁄8 20,000 18,000 4,000 3.5

7⁄16 25,700 23,130 5,140 4.6

1⁄2 37,400 33,660 7,480 6.2

9⁄16 45,000 40,500 9,000 7.5

5⁄8 53,000 47,700 10,600 9.5

3⁄4 75,000 67,500 15,000 13.5

7⁄8 98,000 88,200 19,600 19.6

1 120,000 108,000 24,000 23.4

1-1⁄8 148,000 133,200 29,600 31.9

1-1⁄4 172,000 154,800 34,400 37.9

1-5⁄16 184,000 165,600 38,800 43.8

1-1⁄2 230,000 207,000 46,000 57.0

1-5⁄8 285,000 256,500 57,000 65.3

1-3⁄4 330,000 297,000 66,600 77.9

2 390,000 351,000 78,000 91.5

Working load is based on static or moderately dynamic lifting/pullingoperations. Instantaneous changes in load, up or down, in excess of 10%of line’s rated working load constitutes hazardous shock load and wouldvoid normal working-load recommendation. Consult Yale Cordage forguidelines for working loads and safe use of rope. Ultrex is to Yale CordageSpecification #YCI-UX-006.




Dielectric StrengthThe maximum allowable leakage for new dry Ultrex is 0.5milliamperes at 60 K DC volts when tested in accordance withYale Cordage Test Method DTP-185. Caution: Absorbedand entrained moisture or impurities will increase a rope’sconductivity dramatically.

101

LOA

D R

ESTR

AIN

TS

Load Restra ints

WARNINGS AND APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONSMECHANICAL ADVANTAGE

Lever Type Binder = 25 : 1Ratchet Type Binder = 50 : 1Example: 100 pounds of effort applied to the binder resultsin the following force on the binder.

LEVER TYPE:

2500 (100 lbs. x 25) lbs. of force

RATCHET TYPE:

5000 (100 lbs. x 50) lbs. of force

INSTRUCTIONS – LEVER TYPELOAD BINDERS

• Hook load binder to chain so you can operate it whilestanding on the ground. Position load binder so itshandle can be pulled downward to tighten chain (seephoto). Be aware of ice, snow, rain, oil, etc. that canaffect your footing. Make certain your footing is secure.

• The Crosby Group, Inc. specifically recommendsAGAINST the use of a handle extender (cheater pipe). Ifsufficient leverage cannot be obtained using the levertype load binder by itself, a ratchet type binder should beused.

• If the above recommendation is disregarded and acheater pipe is used, it must closely fit the handle andmust slide down the handle until the handle projectionsare contacted. The pipe should be secured to the handle,for example, by a pin, so that the pipe cannot fly off thehandle if you lose control and let go. The increasedleverage, by using a cheater pipe, can causedeformation and failure of the chain and load binder.

• During and after tightening chain, check load binderhandle position. Be sure it is in the locked position andthat its bottom side touches the chain link.

• Chain tension may decrease due to load shifting duringtransport. To be sure the load binder remains in properposition: Secure handle to chain by wrapping the looseend of chain around the handle and the tight chain, or tiehandle to chain with soft wire.

• When releasing load binder, remember there is a greatdeal of energy in the stretched chain. This will cause theload binder handle to move very quickly with great forcewhen it is unlatched. Move handle with caution. It maywhip – Keep body clear.

• Never use a cheater pipe or handle extender to releasehandle. Use a steel bar and pry under the handle andstay out of the path of handle as it moves upward.

• If you release the handle by hand, use an open handunder the handle and push upward. Do not close yourhand around the handle. Always keep yourself out of thepath of the moving handle.

INSTRUCTIONS – RATCHET LOADBINDERS

• Position ratchet binder so it can be operated from theground.

• Make sure your footing is secure.

MAINTENANCE OF ALL LOADBINDERS

• Routinely check load binders for wear, bending, cracks,nicks, or gouges. If bending or cracks are present – Donot use load binder.

• Routinely lubricate pivot and swivel points of LeverBinders, and pawl part and screw threads of RatchetBinders to extend product life and reduce friction wear.

WARNING• Failure to use this load binder properly may result in

serious injury or even death to you or others.• Do no operate load binder while standing on the load.• Move handle with caution. It may whip – Keep body

clear.• Keep yourself out of the path of the moving handle.• You must be familiar with state and federal regulations

regarding size and number of chain systems required forsecuring loads on trucks.

• Always consider the safety of nearby workers as well asyourself when using load binder.

• While under tension, load binder must not bear againstan object, as this will cause side load.

• Do not throw these instructions away. Keep them closeat hand and share them with any others who use thisload binder.

102

LOA

D R

EST

RA

INT

SLoad Restra ints – Load Binders

STANDARD LEVER TYPE LOAD BINDER• Extra heavy construction at leverage point to prevent spreading. Heel of binder toggles away from load, permitting easy release.• Ball and socket swivel joints at hook assemblies permit a straight line pull.• Meets or exceeds DOT and CVSA Cargo Securement Tie-Down Guidelines, Nov. 2003.

STANDARD RATCHET TYPE LOAD BINDER• Upgraded for use with Grades 70, 80, and 100 Chain.• New design “one piece” forged handle.• Continuous take-up feature provides finite adjustment

to tie down load.• All load bearing or holding parts forged.

• Utilizes standard Crosby A-323 Alloy Eye Grab Hooks.• One piece assembly, no bolts or nuts to loosen.• Ratchet spring rust proofed.• Easy operating positive ratchet.

WARNING: Failure to read,understand and follow the use andinspection instructions could resultin severe personal injury or death.Do not exceed rated capacities.

MODEL(INCHES)

STD.PKG.

MIN-MAXCHAINSIZE(INCHES)

WORKINGLOADLIMIT(LBS)*

PROOFLOAD (LBS)

MINULTIMATESTRENGTH (LBS)

WEIGHTEACH (LBS)

HANDLELENGTH (INCHES)

TAKE UP (INCHES) A B C D E F G

7-1 4 5/16 - 3/8 5,400 10,800 19,000 7.02 16.00 4.50 24.13 22.13 17.88 16.00 10.38 10.38 .50

A-1 4 3/8 - 1/2 9,200 18,400 33,000 12.47 18.69 4.50 28.75 25.75 21.25 18.69 12.31 12.38 .63

C-1 4 1/2 - 5/8 13,000 26,000 46,000 19.68 21.00 4.75 31.25 29.75 25.00 21.00 14.63 13.75 .72

L-150

L-140

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)

MODEL(INCHES)

MIN-MAXCHAINSIZE(INCHES)

WORKINGLOADLIMIT(LBS)*

PROOFLOAD (LBS)

WEIGHTEACH (LBS)

HANDLELENGTH (INCHES)

BARRELLENGTH (INCHES)

TAKEUP (INCHES)

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)A B C E E1 F F1 G

R-7** 5/16 - 3/8 8,800 17,600 11.23 14 10 8.0 14.00 1.38 2.75 22.94 30.94 25.13 33.13 .50

R-A** 5/16 - 3/8 8,800 17,600 11.23 14 10 8.0 14.00 1.38 2.75 22.94 30.94 25.13 33.13 .50

R-C*** 5/16 - 3/8 8,800 17,600 11.23 14 10 8.0 14.00 1.38 2.75 22.94 30.94 25.13 33.13 .50

* Ultimate Load is 3 times the Working Load limit. ** Meets Grade 100 chain rating for both sizes. *** Meets Grade 100 chain rating for 1/2" size.

103

LOA

D R

ESTR

AIN

TS

Load Restra ints – Load Binders

BINDER CHAINSBinder chain assemblies are suitable for truckers, contractors, oil field and highway crews. Grab hook at each end for loadbinding, hauling, towing and similar applications. Available in Grade 43, 70 and 80, and a variety of sizes and lengths.

THIS TYPE OF CHAIN IS NOT TO BE USED FOR OVERHEAD LIFTING

WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and inspection instructions could result in severe personal injury or death.Do not exceed rated capacities.

CHAIN SIZE(INCHES)

STANDARD LENGTHS (FT.) GRADE 43 GRADE 70 GRADE 80

1/4 20 2,600 3,150 3,500

5/16 20 3,900 4,700 4,500

3/8 20 5,400 6,600 7,300

1/2 20 9,200 11,300 13,000

5/8 20 11,500 ––––– 20,300

BINDING CHAIN ASSEMBLIES

WORKING LOAD LIMITS (LBS.)

104

LOA

D R

EST

RA

INT

SLoad Restra ints

RECOMMENDED OPERATING PRACTICES FOR TIEDOWN ASSEMBLIESMECHANICAL CONSIDERATIONS

1. Determine weight of the cargo to be secured,including expected Gravity “G” forces.

2. Select tiedown having suitable characteristics –for the type of load and environment.

3. Tiedowns shall not be loaded in excess of theWorking Load Limit (WLL). Consideration should begiven to the angle from the vertical (cargo tiedown toload angle) which affects working load capacity.

4. Tiedown shall be attached to provide control of theload and positioned in accordance with applicableregulations.

5. Tiedowns shall not be dragged – on the floor,ground, or over an abrasive surface.

6. Tiedowns shall not be tied into knots, or joinedby knotting.

7. Tiedowns shall be pulled from under loads whenthe load is resting on the tiedown.

8. Tiedowns shall always be protected from beingcut by sharp corners, sharp edges, protrusions orabrasive surfaces.

9. Tiedowns with metal fittings shall not be dropped.10. The opening in fittings shall be the proper shape

and size to ensure that the fitting will seat properlyin the anchorage point or other attachments. If theanchor point is inadequate to support the force of thetiedown system, then the load rating of the tiedownwill be limited to the strength of the anchor point.

11. Tiedowns shall not be used for lifting.


1. Tiedowns should be stored in a dry and darkplace and should not be exposed to sunlight whennot in use.

2. Chemically active environments can affect thestrength of synthetic web tiedowns in varying degreesranging from little to total degradation. The tiedownmanufacturer should be consulted before tiedownsare used or stored in chemically active environments.

Acids Nylon is subject to degradation in acids, ranging fromlittle to total degradation. Polyester is resistant to someacids, but is subject to degradation, ranging from littleto moderate with other acids. Each application shall beevaluated, taking into consideration the following:a. Type of Acid c. Concentrationb. Exposure Conditions d. Temperature

AlkalisPolyester is subject to degradation by alkalis, ranging from little to total degradation. Nylon is resistant to somealkalis, but is subject to degradation, ranging from littleto moderate with other alkalis. Each application shall beevaluated, taking into consideration the following:a. Type of Alkali c. Concentrationb. Exposure Conditions d. Temperature

3. Nylon and polyester webbing shall not be used attemperatures in excess of 194 degrees F (90 degreesC). Both types are routinely used at temperatures aslow as -40 degrees F (-40 degrees C).

4. Tiedowns incorporating aluminum fittings shallnot be used where fumes, vapors, sprays, mists orliquids of alkalis and/or acids are present.

5. Environments in which synthetic webbing tiedownsare continuously exposed to ultra-violet light canaffect the strength of synthetic webbing tiedowns invarying degrees ranging from slight to total degradation.

a. Factors which can determine the degree of strengthloss are:1 – Length of time of continuous exposure2 – Webbing construction and design3 – Other environmental factors such as weather

conditions and geographic location.b. Suggested procedures to minimize the effects of

ultra-violet light.1 – Store webbing tiedowns in a cool, dry and dark placewhen not being used for prolonged periods of time.2 – Inspect webbing tiedowns weekly or more often,depending on frequency of use.3 – Impregnate a coating into the webbing.

c. Visual indications of possible ultra-violet degradation are:1 – Bleaching out of webbing.2 – Increased stiffness of webbing material.3 – Surface abrasion in areas not normally in contact

with the load.

Caution: Degradation can take place without visible indications.

WARNING: • Failure to comply with this warning may result in seriousload damage and personal injury or death. • Inspect assembly beforeeach use. • This tiedown assembly is not to be used for lifting. • Webbingshould not be used if any signs of burning, melting cuts, fraying orabrasion of fibers or alterations are present. • Hardware strength willbe reduced if load path in area of hardware is not in straight line. •Use corner pads to protect webbing from sharp edges. • Refer tofederal, state or provincial regulations for proper tiedown methods.

105

LOA

D R

ESTR

AIN

TS

Load Restra ints

RECOMMENDED OPERATING PRACTICES FOR TIEDOWN ASSEMBLIESINSPECTION

Type of Inspectiona. Initial Inspection – Before any tiedown is placed in

service it shall be inspected to ensure that thecorrect tiedown is being used as well as to determinethat the tiedown meets the requirements of theapplication.

b. Frequent Inspection – This inspection shall be madeby the person handling the tiedown each time it isused.

c. Periodic Inspection. This inspection shall beconducted by designated personnel. Frequency ofinspection shall be based on:1. Frequency of use2. Severity of service conditions3. Experience gained on the service life of tiedowns

used in similar applications.4. Inspection should be conducted at least monthly.

INSPECTION RECORDS

Tiedown inspection records shall be established by the user.

TIEDOWN REPLACEMENT

A tiedown shall be removed from service if any of thefollowing are visible.

a. Acid or alkali burns.b. Melting, charring, or weld spatter of any part of

the webbing.c. Holes, tears, cuts, snags or embedded particles.d. Broken or worn stitching in load bearing stitch

patterns.e. Excessive abrasive wear.f. Knots in any part of the webbing.g. Distortion and excessive pitting or corrosion or

broken fittings.h. Other apparent defects which cause doubt as to

the strength of the tiedown.

REPAIR OF TIEDOWN WEBBING

No repairs of webbing, fittings, or stitching shall bepermitted.

WARNING• Failure to comply with this warning may result in

serious load damage and personal injury or death.• Inspect assembly before each use.• This tiedown assembly is not to be used for lifting.• Webbing should not be used if any signs of burning,

melting cuts, fraying or abrasion of fibers oralterations are present.

• Hardware strength will be reduced if load path inarea of hardware is not in straight line.

• Use corner pads to protect webbing from sharpedges.

• Refer to industry local, state, federal, or provincialregulations for proper tiedown methods.

106

LOA

D R

EST

RA

INT

SLoad Restra ints – Tiedown Assembl ies

POLYESTER CARGO TIEDOWN ASSEMBLIES

1" WIDE RATCHET STRAP

• 10 ft. ratchet strap with ratchet and vinyl coated ‘S’ hooks• Minimum Tensile Strength – 1,200 lbs.• Working Load Limit – 400 lbs.

WARNINGFailure to read, understand and follow the use and inspectioninstructions could result in severe personal injury or death. Donot exceed rated capacities.

2" WIDE RATCHET STRAP

• 27 ft. ratchet strap with ratchet and flat hooks or wirehooks

• Minimum Tensile Strength – 10,000 lbs.• Working Load Limit – 3,300 lbs.

3" AND 4" WIDE RATCHET STRAP

• 27 ft. ratchet strap with ratchet and flat or wire hooks• Minimum Tensile Strength – 15,000 lbs.• Working Load Limit – 5,000 lbs.

WINCH STRAPS• Minimum Tensile Strength – 15,000 lbs.• Working Load Limit – 5,000 lbs.

TUFFY™ BRAND TOWING STRAPS

Tuffy™ Brand Towing Straps are manufactured from 2", 3"and 4" 9,800 pound tensile Nylon webbing and 2" and 4"5,000 pound tensile polyester webbing. (Ratings are minimumtensile strengths per inch of width.)

107

LOA

D R

ESTR

AIN

TS

Load Restra ints – F latbed Products

WELD-ON WINCHESWeld-on winches are designed to be permanently welded into a fixed position.

PORTABLE WINCHPortable winches (with set screws) allow flexibility of placement along the trailer side channel.

CHROME WINCH BARAll winch bars feature a knurled non-slip handle. Combination bars are modified for use in tightening chain binders.

From left: Standard Profile, Low Profile, and High Profile.

108

TIRE

CH

AIN

STruck and SUV Ti re Chains

• Hardened alloy cross and side chain.• Boomer hook outside fasteners.• Available in regular or cam side chain and in singles and dual triples.

LACLEDE 7MM AND 8 MM STUDDED TRUCK CHAINS

Laclede StuddedChain

Studded Cross Chain Boomer Hook

10.00-22, 11-24.5 7249R 7249CAM 52/55 14 7449R 7449CAM 95/96 28 7253

NON CAMSTOCK NO.

CAMSTOCK NO.

WT./PR.LBS.

NUMBER OFCROSS CHAINSPER 1/2 PR.

NON CAMSTOCK NO.

CAMSTOCK NO.

WT./PR.LBS.


REPLACEMENTCROSS CHAINTIRE SIZES

SINGLES DUAL TRIPLES

LACLEDE 7 MM STUDDED TRUCK CHAINS

10.00-22, 11-24.5 8249R 8249CAM 80/82 14 8449R 8449CAM 146/149 28 8253

NON CAMSTOCK NO.

CAMSTOCK NO.

WT./PR.LBS.


NON-CAMSTOCK NO.

CAMSTOCK NO.

WT./PR.LBS.


REPLACEMENTCROSS CHAINTIRE SIZES

SINGLES DUAL TRIPLES

LACLEDE 8 MM STUDDED TRUCK CHAINS

109

TIRE CHAIN


LACLEDE SINGLE TRUCK CHAINS

Available with CAM Side Chain

7.00-14LT185-14

P205/75R14195/75R14LT

205/60R17.5 28X8.50-14

H70-14ST H78-14ST

27X8.50-14LTH78-15ST

LR78-156.70-15LT

7.00-15LTP215/75R15

195/75R15LT7-17.5LT

9-14.5MH 215/75R14LT H78-15LT P225/75R15

P235/75R15215/75R15LT30X9.50-15 6.50-16LT

8.00-16.5P225/70R16 P225/75R16 205R16

225/75R16LT 255/75R16LTP235/60R17P235/65R17

235/65R17

7.00-15TR 7.50-15LTP275/60R15235/75R15LT245/70R15LT

245/75R15LT 7.00-16LT 8.75-16.5 215/80R16LT215/85R16LT

235/75R16LT245/70R16LT255/65R16LT 8.75-16LTP235/70R17

8-17.5 8.50-17.5215/70R17.5P235/50R18

P255/45R18225/65R18235/60R18235/65R18

NR78-157.50-15TR275/60R15LT

LR78-167.50-16LT9.50-16.5

235/85R16LT7.00-17LT215/75R17.5

7.50-17 245/70R17LT 225/70R17.5 7.00-18 8-19.5

P245/65R15P245/70R15P255/70515P265/70R15P265/75R15255/75R15LT29X9.50-15P235/70R16

P245/70R16P245/75R16P255/65R16P255/70R16P275/60R16235/70R16LT235/80R16245/75R16LT

255/70R16LT265/50R16LT265/60R16LT275/60R16LT30X9.50-16LT31X11.5032X9-16LT32X10.00-16LT

10-16.5LTP235/75R17P245/55R17P245/65R17P245/70R17P255/55R17P255/60R17P255/65R17

P275/60R17235/80R17275/60R17P255/55R18255/55R18255/60R18235/55R19245/55R19

• Twist link cross chain.• Recommended for highway use.• Available in regular or cam side chain.

Laclede SingleTruck Chains

SINGLE TRUCK CHAINS

TIRE SIZES NON CAMSTOCK NO.

CAM TYPESTOCK NO.

WT./PR.LBS.

REPLACEMENTCROSS CHAIN

CROSS CHAINPER 1/2 PAIR

2209R N/A 20 6219 11

2211R 2211CAM 23 6219 13

2216R 2216CAM 23 6221 12

2219R 2219CAM 24 6221 13

2221R 2221CAM 25 6221 14

2214R 2214CAM 27 6221 15

2229R 2229CAM 24 6225 12

continued on next page

110

TIRE

CH

AIN


8.25-15TRP275/70R16

255/85R16LT 275/55R20 P275/60R20

7.50-18 265/70R19.5 6.50-20 7.00-20

9.00-15TR9.00-16LT

9R17.510R17.5 7.50-20

8-22.5235/80R22.5

255/70R22.5

10-15TR11R17.5

8.25-209-22.5

245/75R22.5 275/70R22.5QR78-16

9.00-20 10-22.5 255/80R22.5 265/75R22.5

10.00-20 11-22.5 275/80R22.5

295/75R22.5 305/70R22.5 285/75R24.5 275/80R24.5

10.00-22 11-24.5

11.00-15TR 11.00-20 12-22.5 12.5-22.5 295/80R22.5

12.00-20 13/80R20 11.00-22 315/80R22.5 12-24.5

13.00-20 14/80R20 365/80R20 12.00-24

14.00-20 14.00R21 13.00-24

14.00-24

SINGLE TRUCK CHAINS

TIRE SIZESNON CAMSTOCK NO.

CAM TYPESTOCK NO.

WT./PR.LBS.



2228R 2228CAM 28 6225 14

2233R 2233CAM 39 6251 11

2237R 2237CAM 41 6251 12

2239R 2239CAM 44 6251 13

2241R 2241CAM 48 6251 14

2245R 2245CAM 49 6251 15

2247R 2247CAM 50 6253 14

2249R 2249CAM 53 6253 15

2251R 2251CAM 63 6260 14

2255R 2255CAM 67 6263 14

2257R N/A 75 6263 16

2271R N/A 78 6266 16

2273R N/A 87 6266 18

continued from previous page

LACLEDE SINGLE TRUCK CHAINS

111

TIRE CHAIN


LACLEDE MUD SERVICE TRUCK CHAINS• Extra heavy-duty for off-road use.• Available in domestic or import.

Laclede Single MudService Truck Chains

Laclede Dual-Triple MudService Truck Chains

7.00-15TR7.50-15LT7.50-15TR

9.00-15TR235/75R15LT7.00-16LT

8.75-16.5215/85R16LT225/75R16LT

235/70R16LT245/70R16LT8-17.5

215/70R17.5

NR78-15P245/70R15P255/70R15255/65R15LT

265/75R15P275/60R15275/60R15LT30X9.50-15LT

31X10.50-15LR78-16LT7.50-16LT235/85R16LT

9.50-16.512-16.57.00-17LT

235/80R17215/75R17.5

33X10.50-15245/75R16LT

7.50-17225/70R17.5

7.00-188-19.5

225/70R19.5245/70R19.5

285/75R16 285/70R17

315/75R1610.00-15TR10-15LT

235/75R17.58.25-20

7.50-209-22.5

235/80R22.5245/75R22.5

255/70R22.5255/80R22.5

9.00-20 10-22.5 265/75R22.5

10.00-20 11-22.5 275/70R22.5

11.00-2010.00-22

12-22.5275/80R22.5

295/75R22.511-24.5

275/80R24.5285/75R24.5

12.00-2013/80R20

11.00-22315/80R22.5

12-24.5

295/80R22.5 11.00-24

SINGLE MUD SERVICE TRUCK CHAINS

TIRE SIZES STOCK NO.

WT./PR.LBS.



2435 38 6526 9

2437 41 6526 10

2439 43 6260 10

2440 48 6260 11

2441 65 6434 11

2445 71 6434 12

2448 81 6434 13

2452 83 6434 14

2486 90 6438 14

2470 99 6438 15

112

TIRE

CH

AIN


NR78-15P245/70R15P255/70R15255/65R15LT

265/75R15P275/60R15275/60R15LT30X9.5015LT

31X10.50-15LR78-16LT7.50-16LT235/85R16LT

9.50-16.57.00-17LT235/80R17215/75R17.5

10.00-15TR10-15LT

235/75R17.58.25-20

7.50-209-22.5

235/80R22.5245/75R22.5

255/70R22.5255/80R22.5

9.00-20 10-22.5 265/75R22.5

10.00-20 11-22.5 275/70R22.5

11.00-2010.00-22

12-22.5275/80R22.5

295/75R22.511-24.5

275/80R24.5285/75R24.5

12.00-2013/80R20

11.00-22315/80R22.5

12-24.5

295/80R22.5 11.00-24

DUAL-TRIPLE MUD SERVICE TRUCK CHAINS

TIRE SIZES STOCKNO.

WT./PR.LBS.



4412 66 6256 20

4435 120 6434 22

4437 130 6434 24

4448 138 6434 26

4461 151 6434 28

4486 175 6438 28

4470 187 6438 30

113

TIRE CHAIN


• Square link alloy construction for increased durability and traction.• Reversible for extended use on both sides.• Well proven product, shorter pitch length design provides more traction than other square link products.• Ideal for off-road use.• 7mm and 8mm are available in domestic or import.

LACLEDE SQUARE STRAIGHT LINK ALLOY TRUCK CHAINS

P255/75R15205R16H78-15LT

P235/75R156.50-16LT

225/75R16LT215/75R14LT

9-14.5MHP235/65R17

215/75R15LT8.00-16.5

P235/70R16P245/70R16P245/75R16P275/60R15

8.75-16.5215/80R16LT215/85R16LT215/70R17.5

255/65R168.50-17.5235/75R15LT235/75R16LT

245/70R16LT245/75R15LT7.00-15TR7.00-16LT

7.50-15LT8-17.5

P265/75R15275/60R15LTNR78-15

215/75R17.5LT7.00-17LTL78-16LT

235/85R16LT7.50-15TR9.50-16.5

245/75R16LT7.50-16LT

P245/70R15P255/55R18P255/70R15255/55R15

235/70R16LT30X9.50-1632X10-16235/75R17.5LT

255/75R15LT32X9-1630X9.50-15

10-16.529X9.50-15P275/60R16

31X11.5-16P245/65R17P255/60R17

10-15LTKR78-15

8.25-15255/70R16LT

265/70R15LT245/85R16LT

265/75R15LT31X10.5-15LT

11-15LT32X11.5-15LTPR78-15P275/60R17265/75R16LT

12-16.5LT34X9.50-1534X9X16265/70R17LT225/70R19.5LT

10-17.5PR78-1632X11.5X16P265/70R168.25-15TR

31X10.5-16.521X11.5-15LT275/70R16LT245/70R19.5LT255/85R16LT

33X13.5-1522X13.5-16275/60R20275/55R20

12-15LT33X12.50R16.5305/85R16LT33X14.5-15

11L1633X14X15325/60R1835X12.5-17

285/75R16LT36X13X16315/75R-16LT35X13.5-15

P315/70R1531X13.50-1535X13.5-16

32X12.50R15295/75R1635X14.5-15

LACLEDE 5.5MM SQUARE STRAIGHT LINK ALLOY LIGHT TRUCK CAM CHAINS

TIRE SIZESTIRE CHAINSTOCK NO.

WT./PR.LBS.

REPLACEMENTCROSS CHAINSTOCK NO.

CROSS CHAINSPER 1/2 PAIR

2116CAM 27 9311 11

2119CAM 30 9311 12

2121CAM 32 9311 12

2129CAM 29 9311 13

3110CAM 31 9313 12

3127CAM 34 9313 13

3129CAM 39 9315 14

114

TIRE

CH

AIN


2119 N/A 37 9 N/A N/A N/A N/A 9413

2121 N/A 41 10 N/A N/A N/A N/A 9413

2147 2147LG 60 14 4147 4147LG 120 28 9413

2149 2149LG 64 15 4149 4149LG 127 30 9413

7.00-15TR8.50-17.5235/75R16LT

7.50-15LT235/75R15LT215/70R17.5

7.00-16LT245/70R15LT245/70R17.5

8.75-16.5215/80R16245/75R15LT

8-17.5215/85R16LT

7.50-15TR245/75R16LT

7.50-16LT215/75R17.5LT

9.50-16.5L78-16LT

7.00-17LTNR78-15

235/85R16LT275/60R15LT

10.00-20305/70R22.5

11-22.5275/80R24.5

275/70R22.5285/75R24.5

275/80R22.5 295/75R22.5

10.00-22 11-24.5

TIRE SIZESNONCAM

STOCKNO.

CAMTYPE

STOCKNO.

WT./PR.

(LBS.)

NUMBEROF

CROSSCHAINS

NONCAM

STOCKNO.

CAMTYPE

STOCKNO.

WT./PR.

(LBS.)

NUMBEROF

CROSSCHAINS

CROSSCHAINSTOCK

NO.

SINGLE DUAL-TRIPLE

LACLEDE SQUARE STRAIGHT LINK ALLOY TRUCK CHAINS

LACLEDE 7MM SQUARE STRAIGHT LINK CHAINS

2145HD 2145HDLG 75 13 4145HD 4145HDLG 136 26 9511

2149HD 2149HDLG 82 14 4149HD 4149HDLG 149 28 9513

10.00-20305/70R22.5

11-22.5275/80R24.5

275/70R22.5285/75R24.5

275/80R22.5 295/75R22.5

10.00-22 11-24.5

TIRE SIZESNONCAM

STOCKNO.

CAMTYPE

STOCKNO.

WT./PR.

(LBS.)

NUMBEROF

CROSSCHAINS

NONCAM

STOCKNO.

CAMTYPE

STOCKNO.

WT./PR.

(LBS.)

NUMBEROF

CROSSCHAINS

CROSSCHAINSTOCK

NO.

SINGLE DUAL-TRIPLE

LACLEDE 8MM SQUARE STRAIGHT LINK CHAINS

115

TIRE CHAIN

STractor, Equipment & Off Road Vehic le Ti re Chains

• Designed for plows, graders, and loaders.• Heavy duty twist link cross chain.• 2600 series available in domestic or import.• 2900 series with v-bar made in the U.S.A.

LACLEDE GRADER AND EQUIPMENT CHAINS

Laclede Grader andEquipment Chains

Laclede Reinforced Graderand Equipment Chains

2612 110 6630 2912 118 6930 14

2615 125 6630 2915 145 6930 16

2624 157 6640 N/A N/A N/A 13

2627 181 6640 2917 170 6917 15

2633 198 6650 N/A N/A N/A 14

2636 211 6650 N/A N/A N/A 15

2642 245 6650 N/A N/A N/A 18

2645 328 6660 N/A N/A N/A 15

2657 419 6670 N/A N/A N/A 17

2672 513 6680 N/A N/A N/A 17

13.00-24 13.00-25 14.00-20 14.00-21 15.5-25

14.00-24 14.00-25

16.00-20 16.00-21 17.5-25

16.00-24 16.00-25

20.5-25

18.00-24 18.00-25 18.00-26

18.00-33

23.5-25

26.5-25 30.5R32 710/70R38 755/70R25 800/65R32

29.5-25

TIRE SIZESGRADER

STOCK NO.

WT./PR.LBS.


V-BAR GRADERSTOCK NO.

WT./PR.LBS.


CROSS CHAIN

PER 1/2 PR.

13.00x24 R13375S 7005-001-02

130 9/0.375

59 128 6630R51385

7136-630-88

298 28 9/0.375

14.00x24 R14375S 7005-015-02

128 9/0.375

56 121.5 7425R51730

7137-425-25

311 26 9/0.375

14.00x24 R14375D 7005-315-02

208 9/0.375

56 121.5 7425R51730

7137-425-25

311 52 9/0.375

14.00x24 R14437S 7005-020-02

170 11/0.437

50 116.5 6640R52465

7136-640-88

445 24 11/0.437

14.00x24 R14437D 7005-320-02

278 11/0.437

50 116.5 6640R52465

7136-640-88

445 48 11/0.437

14.00x24 R14500S 7005-025-02

214 11/0.437

50 116.5 N/A N/A N/A 24 14/0.531

14.00x24 R14500D 7005-325-02

332 11/0.437

50 116.5 N/A N/A N/A 44 14/0.531

16.00x24 R15500S 7005-030-02

248 11/0.437

59 137.5 N/A N/A N/A 28 14/0.531

16.00x24 R15500D 7005-330-02

419 11/0.437

59 137.5 N/A N/A N/A 56 14/0.531

LACLEDE CANADIAN SPEC ROAD GRADER & EQUIPMENT CHAINS

17 24.92 320

18 26.27 320

18 26.27 320

15 28.2 317

15 28.2 317

14 29.0 317

14 29.0 317

14 29.0 317

14 29.0 317

STOCKNUMBER

PARTNUMBER

WT/CPCSLBS. PCS./PR GAUGE LKS.

TIRESIZES

STOCKNUMBER

WT./PR.LBS.

PARTNUMBER GAUGE LKS. IN. INCHES HOOK N0.

SIDE CHAIN CROSS CHAIN

116

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

EForged Wire Rope Cl ips

FORGED WIRE ROPE CLIPSG-450 CROSBY ® RED U-BOLT CLIP

• Each base has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for materialtraceability, the name CROSBY or CG, and a size forged into it.

• Based on the catalog breaking strength of wire rope, Crosbywire rope clips have an efficiency rating of 80% for 1/8" - 7/8"sizes, and 90% for sizes 1" through 3-1/2".

• Entire Clip-Galvanized to resist corrosive and rusting action• Sizes 1/8" through 2-1/2" have forged bases.• All Clips are individually bagged or tagged with proper

application instructions and warning information.• Clip sizes up through 1-1/2" have rolled threads.


STANDARDPACKAGEQTY.

WEIGHTPER 100(LBS.) A B C D E F G H

*1/8 100 6 .22 .72 .44 .47 .41 .38 .81 .94

*3/16 100 10 .25 .97 .56 .59 .50 .44 .94 1.16

1/4 100 19 .31 1.03 .50 .75 .66 .56 1.19 1.44

5/16 100 28 .38 1.38 .75 .88 .72 .69 1.31 1.69

3/8 100 48 .44 1.50 .75 1.00 .91 .75 1.63 1.94

7/16 50 78 .50 1.88 1.00 1.19 1.03 .88 1.81 2.28

1/2 50 80 .50 1.88 1.00 1.19 1.13 .88 1.91 2.28

9/16 50 109 .56 2.25 1.25 1.31 1.22 .94 2.06 2.50

5/8 50 110 .56 2.38 1.25 1.31 1.34 .94 2.06 2.50

3/4 25 142 .62 2.75 1.44 1.50 1.41 1.06 2.25 2.84

7/8 25 212 .75 3.12 1.62 1.75 1.59 1.25 2.44 3.16

1 10 252 .75 3.50 1.81 1.88 1.78 1.25 2.63 3.47

1-1/8 10 283 .75 3.88 2.00 2.00 1.91 1.25 2.81 3.59

1-1/4 10 438 .88 4.25 2.13 2.31 2.19 1.44 3.13 4.13

1-3/8 10 442 .88 4.63 2.31 2.38 2.31 1.44 3.13 4.19

1-1/2 10 544 .88 4.94 2.38 2.59 2.44 1.44 3.41 4.44

1-5/8 Bulk 704 1.00 5.31 2.62 2.75 2.66 1.63 3.63 4.75

1-3/4 Bulk 934 1.13 5.75 2.75 3.06 2.94 1.81 3.81 5.28

2 Bulk 1300 1.25 6.44 3.00 3.38 3.28 2.00 4.44 5.88

2-1/4 Bulk 1600 1.25 7.13 3.19 3.88 3.19 2.00 4.50 6.38

2-1/2 Bulk 1900 1.25 7.69 3.44 4.13 3.69 2.00 4.05 6.63

**2-3/4 Bulk 2300 1.25 8.31 3.56 4.38 4.88 2.00 5.00 6.88

3 Bulk 3100 1.50 9.19 3.88 4.75 4.69 2.38 5.88 7.63

**3-1/2 Bulk 4000 1.50 10.75 4.50 5.50 6.00 2.38 6.19 8.38

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)

G-450

*Electroplated U-Bolt and Nuts **2-3/4" and 3-1/2" bases are made of cast steel.

117

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

EForged Wire Rope Cl ips

FORGED WIRE ROPE CLIPSSS-450 CROSBY® STAINLESS STEELCLIPS

• Each base has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for materialtraceability, the name CROSBY or CG, and a size forged into it.

• Available in sizes 1/8" through 5/8".• Entire Clip is made from 316 stainless steel to resist corrosive

and rusting action.• All components are Electro-polished.• All Clips are individually bagged or tagged with proper

application instructions and warning information.

SS-450ROPEDIAMETER(INCHES)

STANDARDPACKAGEQTY.


1/8 Bulk 6 .22 .72 .44 .47 .41 .38 .81 .94

3/16 Bulk 10 .25 .97 .56 .59 .50 .44 .94 1.16

1/4 Bulk 20 .31 1.03 .50 .75 .66 .56 1.19 1.44

3/8 Bulk 47 .44 1.50 .75 1.00 .91 .75 1.63 1.94

1/2 Bulk 77 .50 1.88 1.00 1.19 1.13 .88 1.91 2.28

5/8 Bulk 106 .56 2.38 1.25 1.31 1.34 .94 2.06 2.50

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)

118

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

EWedge Sockets

“THE TERMINATOR™” WEDGE SOCKETSS-421T WEDGE SOCKETS

• Basket is cast steel.• Wedge socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 80% based on the

catalog strength of XXIP wire rope.• Individually magnetic particle inspected.• Pin diameter and jaw opening allows wedge and socket to be used in

conjunction with open swage and spelter sockets.• Secures the tail or “dead end” of the wire rope to the wedge, thus

eliminates loss or “Punch out” of the wedge.• Eliminates the need for an extra piece of wire rope, and is easily installed.• The TERMINATOR™ wedge eliminates the potential breaking off of the tail

due to fatigue.• The tail, which is secured by the base of the clip and the wedge, is left

undeformed and available for reuse.• Incorporates Crosby’s patented QUIC-CHECK® “Go” and “No-Go” feature

cast into the wedge. The proper size rope is determined when thefollowing criteria are met:1. The wire rope should pass through the “Go” hole in the wedge.2. The wire rope should NOT pass through the “No-Go” hole in the wedge.

• Utilizes standard Crosby Red U-Bolt® wire rope clip.• Standard S-421 wedge socket can be retrofitted with the new style

TERMINATOR™ wedge.• Available with Bolt, Nut, and Cotter Pin.

* S-421T TERMINATOR™ Assembly includes Socket, Wedge, Pin and Wire Rope Clip.** Nominal

NOTE: For intermediate wire rope sizes, use next larger size socket.

S-421T*

WIRE ROPEDIA.(INCHES)

WEIGHT EACH(LBS.)

WEDGE ONLYWEIGHT EACH (LBS.)

OPTIONAL G-4082BOLT, NUT & COTTERWEIGHT EACH (LBS.)

3/8 3.18 .50 .38

1/2 6.15 1.05 .69

5/8 9.70 1.79 1.15

3/4 14.50 2.60 1.91

7/8 21.50 4.00 3.23

1 30.75 5.37 5.40

1-1/8 45.30 7.30 7.50

1-1/4 64.90 10.60 10.34

WIRE ROPEDIA. (INCHES) A B C D G H J** K** L P R S T U V

3/8 5.69 2.72 .81 .81 1.38 3.06 7.80 1.88 .88 1.56 .44 2.13 .44 1.25 1.38

1/2 6.88 3.47 1.00 1.00 1.62 3.76 8.91 1.26 1.06 1.94 .50 2.56 .53 1.75 1.88

5/8 8.25 4.30 1.25 1.19 2.12 4.47 10.75 1.99 1.22 2.25 .56 3.25 .69 2.00 2.19

3/4 9.88 5.12 1.50 1.38 2.44 5.28 12.36 2.41 1.40 2.63 .66 3.63 .78 2.34 2.56

7/8 11.25 5.85 1.75 1.63 2.69 6.16 14.37 2.48 1.67 3.13 .75 4.31 .88 2.69 2.94

1 12.81 6.32 2.00 2.00 2.94 6.96 16.29 3.04 2.00 3.75 .88 4.70 1.03 2.88 3.28

1-1/8 14.38 6.92 2.25 2.25 3.31 7.62 18.34 2.56 2.25 4.25 1.00 5.44 1.10 3.25 3.56

1-1/4 16.34 8.73 2.62 2.50 3.56 9.39 20.48 2.94 2.34 4.50 1.06 6.13 1.19 4.62 4.94

S-421TDIMENSIONS (INCHES)

119

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

ESpel ter Sockets

GROOVED OPEN SPELTER SOCKETS• Forged Steel Sockets through 1-1/2", cast alloy steel 1-5/8" through 4".• Spelter socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100%, based on the catalog strength of wire rope. Ratings are

based on recommended use with 6 x 7, 6 x 19, or 6 x 37, IPS or XIP (EIP), XXIP (EEIP), RRL, FC, or IWRC wire rope.

G-416/S-416

NOTICE: All caststeel sockets 1-5/8" and largerare magneticparticle inspectedand ultrasonicinspected. Prooftesting availableon special order.

Note: Drawingillustrates onegroove used onsockets 1/4"through 3/4".Sizes 7/8" through1-1/2" use 2grooves. Sizes 1-5/8" and largeruse 3 grooves.

Open Grooved Sockets meet the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-S-550D,Type A, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

* Cast Alloy Steel


STRUCTURALSTRAND DIA.(INCHES)

WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) A C D F G H J L M N

1/4 –––––– 1.10 4.56 .91 .69 .38 .69 1.56 2.25 1.56 1.31 .36

5/16 – 3/8 –––––– 1.30 4.84 .81 .81 .50 .81 1.69 2.25 1.75 1.50 .44

7/16 – 1/2 –––––– 2.25 5.56 1.00 1.00 .56 .94 1.88 2.50 2.00 1.88 .50

9/16 – 5/8 1/2 3.60 6.75 1.25 1.19 .69 1.13 2.25 3.00 2.50 2.25 .56

3/4 9/16 – 5/8 5.83 7.94 1.50 1.38 .81 1.25 2.62 3.50 3.00 2.62 .62

7/8 11/16 – 3/4 9.65 9.25 1.75 1.63 .94 1.50 3.25 4.00 3.50 3.13 .80

1 13/16 – 7/8 15.50 10.56 2.00 2.00 1.13 1.75 3.75 4.50 4.00 3.75 .88

1-1/8 15/16 – 1 21.50 11.81 2.25 2.25 1.25 2.00 4.12 5.00 4.62 4.12 1.00

1-1/4 – 1-3/8 1-1/16 – 1-1/8 31.00 13.19 2.50 2.50 1.50 2.25 4.75 5.50 5.00 4.75 1.13

1-1/2 1-13/16 – 1-1/4 47.25 15.12 3.00 2.75 1.63 2.75 5.25 6.00 6.00 5.38 1.19

*1-5/8 1-5/16 – 1-3/8 55.00 16.25 3.00 3.00 1.75 3.00 5.50 6.50 6.50 5.75 1.31

*1-3/4 – 1-7/8 1-7/16 – 1-5/8 82.00 18.25 3.50 3.50 2.00 3.13 6.38 7.50 7.00 6.50 1.56

*2 – 2-1/8 1-11/16 – 1-3/4 129.00 21.50 4.00 3.75 2.25 3.75 7.38 8.50 9.00 7.00 1.81

*2-1/4 – 2-3/8 1-13/16 – 1-7/8 167.00 23.50 4.50 4.25 2.50 4.00 8.25 9.00 10.00 7.75 2.13

*2-1/2 – 2-5/8 1-15/16 – 2-1/8 252.00 25.50 5.00 4.75 2.88 4.50 9.25 9.75 10.75 8.50 2.38

*2-3/4 – 2-7/8 2-3/16 – 2-7/16 315.00 27.25 5.25 5.00 3.12 4.88 10.50 11.00 11.00 9.00 2.88

*3 – 3-1/8 2-1/2 – 2-5/8 380.00 29.00 5.75 5.25 3.38 5.25 11.12 12.00 11.25 9.50 3.00

*3-1/4 – 3-3/8 2-3/4 – 2-7/8 434.00 30.88 6.25 5.50 3.62 5.75 11.88 13.00 11.75 10.00 3.12

*3-1/2 – 3-5/8 3 – 3-1/8 563.00 33.25 6.75 6.00 3.88 6.50 12.38 14.00 12.50 10.75 3.25

*3-3/4 – 4 –––––– 783.00 36.25 7.50 7.00 4.25 7.25 13.62 15.00 13.50 12.50 3.50

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)

120

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

ESpel ter Sockets

GROOVED CLOSED SPELTER SOCKETS• Forged Steel Sockets through 1-1/2”, cast alloy steel 1-5/8” through 4”.• Spelter socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100%, based on the catalog strength of wire rope. Ratings are

based on recommended use with 6 x 7, 6 x 19, or 6 x 37, IPS or XIP (EIP), XXIP (EEIP), RRL, FC, or IWRC wire rope.

NOTICE: All caststeel sockets 1-5/8” and largerare magneticparticle inspectedand ultrasonicinspected. Prooftesting availableon special order.

Note: Drawingillustrates onegroove used onsockets 1/4”through 3/4”.Sizes 7/8” through1-1/2” use 2grooves. Sizes 1-5/8” and largeruse 3 grooves.

G-417/S-417

Open Grooved Sockets meet the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-S-550D, Type A,except for those provisions required of the contractor.

* Diameter of pin must not exceed pin used on companion 416 socket. Reference “D” dimensions.** Cast Alloy Steel

ROPEDIAMETER(INCHES)**

STRUCTURALSTRAND DIA.(INCHES)

WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) A B C D* F G H J K L

1/4 –––––– .50 4.50 .50 1.50 .88 .38 .69 1.56 2.25 .50 1.75

5/16 - 3/8 –––––– .75 4.88 .62 1.69 .97 .50 .81 1.69 2.25 .69 2.00

7/16 - 1/2 –––––– 1.50 5.44 .69 2.00 1.16 .56 .94 1.88 2.50 .88 2.25

9/16 - 5/8 1/2 2.50 6.31 .81 2.63 1.41 .69 1.12 2.38 3.00 1.00 2.50

3/4 9/16 - 5/8 4.25 7.56 1.06 3.00 1.66 .81 1.25 2.75 3.56 1.25 3.00

7/8 11/16 - 3/4 7.25 8.75 1.25 3.63 1.88 .94 1.50 3.25 4.00 1.50 3.50

1 13/16 - 7/8 10.50 9.88 1.38 4.13 2.30 1.13 1.75 3.75 4.44 1.75 4.00

1-1/8 15/16 - 1 14.25 11.00 1.50 4.50 2.56 1.25 2.00 4.13 5.00 2.00 4.50

1-1/4 –1-3/8 1-1/16 – 1-1/8 19.75 12.12 1.63 5.30 2.81 1.50 2.25 4.75 5.50 2.25 5.00

1-1/2 1-3/16 – 1-1/4 29.20 13.94 1.94 5.33 3.19 1.63 2.75 5.25 6.00 2.50 6.00

**1-5/8 1-5/16 – 1-3/8 36.00 15.13 2.13 5.75 3.25 1.75 3.00 5.50 6.50 2.75 6.50

**1-3/4 – 1-7/8 1-7/16 – 1-5/8 57.25 17.25 2.19 6.75 3.75 2.00 3.13 6.38 7.50 3.00 7.56

**2 – 2-1/8 1-11/16 – 1-3/4 79.00 19.50 2.44 7.63 4.38 2.25 3.75 7.38 8.50 3.25 8.56

**2-1/4 – 2-3/8 1-13/16 – 1-7/8 105.00 21.13 2.63 8.50 5.00 2.50 4.00 8.25 9.00 3.63 9.50

**2-1/2 – 2-5/8 1-15/16 – 2-1/8 140.00 23.50 3.12 9.50 5.50 2.88 4.50 9.25 9.75 4.00 10.62

**2-3/4 – 2-7/8 2-3/16 – 2-7/16 220.00 25.38 3.12 10.75 6.25 3.12 4.88 10.19 11.00 4.88 11.25

**3 – 3-1/8 2-1/2 – 2-5/8 276.00 27.00 3.25 11.50 6.75 3.38 5.25 11.50 12.00 5.25 11.75

**3-1/4 – 3-3/8 2-3/4 – 2-7/8 313.00 29.25 4.00 12.25 7.25 3.62 5.75 12.25 13.00 5.75 12.25

**3-1/2 – 3-5/8 3 – 3-1/8 400.00 31.00 4.00 13.00 7.75 3.88 6.50 13.00 14.00 6.25 13.00

**3-3/4 – 4 –––––– 542.00 33.25 4.25 14.25 8.50 4.25 7.25 14.25 15.00 7.00 14.00

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)

121

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

EOpen Swage Sockets

S-501 OPEN SWAGE SOCKET• Forged from special bar quality carbon steel, suitable for cold forming.• Hardness controlled by spheroidize annealing.• Swage socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100%, based on the catalog

strength of wire rope.• Stamp for identification after swaging without concern for fractures (as per directions

in National Swaging Brochure).

Swage sockets incorporate a reduced machined area of the shank which is equivalent tothe proper after Swage dimension. Before swaging, this provides for an obvious visualdifference in the shank diameter. After swaging, a uniform shank diameter is createdallowing for a QUIC-CHECK™ and permanent visual inspection opportunity.

Designed to quickly determine whether the socket has been through the swagingoperation and assist in field inspections, it does not eliminate the need to performstandard production inspections which include gauging for the proper after swagedimensions or proof loading.

Note: S-501 Swage Sockets are recommended for use with 6 x 19 or 6 x 37, IPS or XIP (EIP), XXIP (EEIP), RRL,FC or IWRC wire rope.

In accordance with ANSI B30.9, all slings terminated with swage sockets shall be proof loaded.*

ROPESIZE(INCHES)*

WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) A B C D E F H L M N

MAX.AFTERSWAGEDIM.(INCHES)

SOCKETDIEDESC.

50010001500TON5X7

15003000TON6X12

1500TON6X12

3000TON6X12

1/4 .52 4.81 .50 1.38 .69 .27 2.13 .69 4.00 .38 1.50 .46 1/4 1192845 –––––– –––––– ––––––

5/16 1.12 6.25 .77 1.62 .81 .34 3.19 .81 5.31 .47 1.75 .71 5/16–3/8 1192863 –––––– –––––– ––––––

3/8 1.30 6.25 .77 1.62 .81 .41 3.19 .81 5.31 .47 1.75 .71 5/16–3/8 1192863 –––––– –––––– ––––––

7/16 2.08 7.81 .98 2.00 1.00 .48 4.25 1.00 6.69 .56 2.00 .91 7/16–1/2 1192881 –––––– –––––– ––––––

1/2 2.08 7.81 .98 2.00 1.00 .55 4.25 1.00 6.69 .56 2.00 .91 7/16–1/2 1192881 –––––– –––––– ––––––

9/16 4.67 9.50 1.25 2.38 1.19 .61 5.31 1.25 8.13 .68 2.25 1.16 9/16–5/8 1192907 –––––– –––––– ––––––

5/8 4.51 9.50 1.25 2.38 1.19 .67 5.31 1.25 8.13 .68 2.25 1.16 9/16–5/8 1192907 –––––– –––––– ––––––

3/4 7.97 11.56 1.55 2.75 1.38 .80 6.38 1.50 10.00 .78 2.75 1.42 3/4 1192925 –––––– –––––– ––––––

7/8 11.52 13.41 1.70 3.13 1.62 .94 7.44 1.75 11.63 .94 3.25 1.55 7/8 1192949 –––––– –––––– ––––––

1 17.80 15.47 1.98 3.69 2.00 1.06 8.50 2.00 13.38 1.06 3.75 1.80 1 1192961 –––––– –––––– ––––––

1-1/8 25.25 17.31 2.25 4.06 2.25 1.19 9.56 2.25 15.00 1.19 4.25 2.05 1-1/8 1192989 –––––– –––––– ––––––

1-1/4 35.56 19.06 2.53 4.50 2.50 1.33 10.63 2.50 16.50 1.22 4.75 2.30 1-1/4 1193005 –––––– –––––– ––––––

1-3/8 43.75 20.94 2.80 5.00 2.50 1.45 11.69 2.50 18.13 1.38 5.25 2.56 1-3/8 1193023 –––––– –––––– ––––––

1-1/2 58.50 22.88 3.08 5.50 2.75 1.58 12.75 3.00 19.75 1.69 5.75 2.81 1-1/2 1193041 1191267 1195355 1195192

1-3/4 88.75 26.63 3.39 6.69 3.50 1.86 14.88 3.50 23.00 2.11 6.75 3.06 1-3/4 1193069 1191276 1195367 1195209

2 146.25 31.44 3.94 8.00 3.75 2.11 17.00 4.00 26.88 2.37 8.00 3.56 2 1193087 1191294 1195379 1195218

S-501

* Maximum Proof Load shall not exceed 50% of XXIP rope catalog breaking strength.

BEFORE SWAGE DIMENSIONS

S-501 OPEN SOCKET SPECIFICATIONS PRESS/DIE DATABEFORE SWAGE DIMENSIONS

122

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

EClosed Swage Sockets

S-502 CLOSED SWAGE SOCKET• Forged from special bar quality carbon steel, suitable for cold forming.• Hardness controlled by spheroidize annealing.• Swage socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100%, based on the catalog

strength of wire rope.• Stamp for identification after swaging without concern for fractures (as per directions

in National Swaging Brochure).

Swage sockets incorporate a reduced machined area of the shank which is equivalent tothe proper after Swage dimension. Before swaging, this provides for an obvious visualdifference in the shank diameter. After swaging, a uniform shank diameter is createdallowing for a QUIC-CHECK™ and permanent visual inspection opportunity.

Designed to quickly determine whether the socket has been through the swagingoperation and assist in field inspections, it does not eliminate the need to performstandard production inspections which include gauging for the proper after swagedimensions or proof loading.

Note: S-502 Swage Sockets are recommended for use with 6 x 19 or 6 x 37, IPS or XIP (EIP), XXIP (EEIP), RRL,FC or IWRC wire rope.

In accordance with ANSI B30.9, all slings terminated with swage sockets shall be proof loaded.*

* Maximum Proof Load shall not exceed 40% of XXIP rope catalog breaking strength.

ROPESIZE(INCHES)*

WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) A B C D E F H L

MAX.AFTERSWAGEDIM.(INCHES)

SOCKETDIEDESC.

50010001500TON5X7

15003000TON6X12

1500TON6X12

3000TON6X12

1/4 .33 4.31 .50 1.38 .75 .27 2.12 .50 3.50 .46 1/4 1192845

5/16 .75 5.44 .77 1.62 .88 .34 3.19 .67 4.50 .71 5/16–3/8 1192863 –––––– –––––– ––––––

3/8 .72 5.44 .77 1.62 .88 .41 3.19 .67 4.50 .71 5/16–3/8 1192863 –––––– –––––– ––––––

7/16 1.42 6.91 .98 2.00 1.06 .48 4.25 .86 5.75 .91 7/16-1/2 1192881 –––––– –––––– ––––––

1/2 1.42 6.91 .98 2.00 1.06 .55 4.25 .86 5.75 .91 7/16-1/2 1192881 –––––– –––––– ––––––

9/16 2.92 8.66 1.25 2.38 1.25 .61 5.31 1.13 7.25 1.16 9/16-5/8 1192907 –––––– –––––– ––––––

5/8 2.85 8.66 1.25 2.38 1.25 .67 5.31 1.13 7.25 1.16 9/16-5/8 1192907 –––––– –––––– ––––––

3/4 5.00 10.28 1.55 2.88 1.44 .80 6.38 1.31 8.63 1.42 3/4 1192925 –––––– –––––– ––––––

7/8 6.80 11.94 1.70 3.12 1.69 .94 7.44 1.50 10.13 1.55 7/8 1192949 –––––– –––––– ––––––

1 10.40 13.56 1.98 3.63 2.06 1.06 8.50 1.75 11.50 1.80 1 1192961 –––––– –––––– ––––––

1-1/8 14.82 15.03 2.25 4.00 2.31 1.19 9.56 2.00 12.75 2.05 1-1/8 1192989 –––––– –––––– ––––––

1-1/4 21.57 16.94 2.53 4.50 2.56 1.33 10.63 2.25 14.38 2.30 1-1/4 1193005 –––––– –––––– ––––––

1-3/8 28.54 18.63 2.80 5.00 2.56 1.45 11.69 2.25 15.75 2.56 1-3/8 1193023 –––––– –––––– ––––––

1-1/2 38.06 20.12 3.08 5.50 2.81 1.58 12.75 2.50 17.00 2.81 1-1/2 1193041 1191267 1193355 1195192

1-3/4 51.00 23.56 3.39 6.25 3.56 1.86 14.88 3.00 20.00 3.06 1-3/4 1193069 1191276 1195367 1195209

2 89.25 27.62 3.94 7.25 3.81 2.11 17.00 3.25 23.00 3.56 2 1193087 1191294 1195379 1195218

BEFORE SWAGE DIMENSIONS

S-502 CLOSED SOCKET SPECIFICATIONS PRESS/DIE DATASTOCK NO. SIDE LOAD

S-502

123

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

ERound Pin Shackles

ROUND PIN SHACKLES• Capacities 1/2 thru 35 metric tons.• Forged - Quenched and Tempered with alloy pins.• Working Load Limit permanently shown on every

shackle.• Hot Dip galvanized or Self Colored.• Fatigue rated.• Shackles can be furnished proof tested with

certificates to designated standards, such as ABS,DNV, Lloyds, or other certification. Charges forproof testing and certification available whenrequested at the time of order.

• Shackles are Quenched and Tempered and canmeet DNV impact requirements of 42 joules at -20 degrees C.

• Look for the Red Pin® – the mark of genuineCrosby quality.

Round Pin Shackles can be used in tiedown, towing,suspension or lifting applications where the load isstrictly applied in-line.

Round pin anchor shacklesmeet the performancerequirements of FederalSpecification RR-C-271D TypeIVA, Grade A, Class 1, exceptfor those provisions requiredof the contractor.

G-213 S-213 ROUND PIN ANCHOR SHACKLES

* Maximum Proof Load is 2.0 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Strength is 6 times the Working Load Limit.Round pin shackles are not suitable for side loading applications.

NOMINALSIZE(INCHES)

WORKINGLOADLIMIT(T)*

WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) A B C D E F G H N P C A

1/4 1/2 .13 .47 .31 1.13 .25 .78 .61 1.28 1.84 1.34 .25 .06 .06

5/16 3/4 .18 .53 .38 1.22 .31 .84 .75 1.47 2.09 1.59 .31 .06 .06

3/8 1 .29 .66 .44 1.44 .38 1.03 .91 1.78 2.49 1.86 .38 .13 .06

7/16 1-1/2 .38 .75 .50 1.69 .44 1.16 1.06 2.03 2.91 2.13 .44 .13 .06

1/2 2 .71 .81 .63 1.88 .50 1.31 1.19 2.31 3.28 2.38 .50 .13 .06

5/8 3-1/4 1.50 1.06 .75 2.38 .63 1.69 1.50 2.94 4.19 2.91 .69 .13 .06

3/4 4-3/4 2.32 1.25 .88 2.81 .75 2.00 1.81 3.50 4.97 3.44 .81 .25 .06

7/8 6-1/2 3.49 1.44 1.00 3.31 .88 2.28 2.09 4.03 5.83 3.81 .97 .25 .06

1 8-1/2 5.00 1.69 1.13 3.75 1.00 2.69 2.38 4.69 6.56 4.53 1.06 .25 .06

1-1/8 9-1/2 6.97 1.81 1.25 4.25 1.13 2.91 2.69 5.16 7.47 5.13 1.25 .25 .06

1-1/4 12 9.75 2.03 1.38 4.69 1.29 3.25 3.00 5.75 8.25 5.50 1.38 .25 .06

1-3/8 13-1/2 13.25 2.25 1.50 5.25 1.42 3.63 3.31 6.38 9.16 6.13 1.50 .25 .13

1-1/2 17 17.25 2.38 1.63 5.75 1.54 3.88 3.63 6.88 10.00 6.50 1.62 .25 .13

1-3/4 25 29.46 2.88 2.00 7.00 1.84 5.00 4.19 8.86 12.34 7.75 2.25 .25 .13

2 35 45.75 3.25 2.25 7.75 2.08 5.75 4.81 9.97 13.68 8.75 2.40 .25 .13

DIMENSIONS (INCHES) TOLERANCE+/-

124

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

EScrew Pin Shackles

S-209 SCREW PIN ANCHOR SHACKLES

SCREW PIN SHACKLES• Capacities 1/3 thru 55 metric tons.• Forged - Quenched and Tempered with alloy pins.• Working Load Limit permanently shown on every shackle.• Hot Dip galvanized or Self Colored.• Fatigue rated.• Shackles can be furnished proof tested with certificates to designated

standards, such as ABS, DNV, Lloyds, or other certification. Charges forproof testing and certification available when requested at the time oforder.

• Shackles are Quenched and Tempered and can meet DNV impactrequirements of 42 joules at -20 degrees C.

• Look for the Red Pin® – the mark of genuine Crosby quality.

Screw Pin Shackles can be used in any application where a round pinshackle is used. In addition, screw pin shackles can be used forapplications involving side-loading circumstances. Reduced working loadlimits are required for side-loading applications. While in service, do notallow the screw pin to be rotated by a live line, such as a chokerapplication.

Screw pin anchor shackles meet theperformance requirements of FederalSpecification RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade A,Class 1, except for those provisions requiredof the contractor.

NOMINALSIZE (IN.)

WORKINGLOADLIMIT* (T)

WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) A B C D E F G K L M P C A

3/16 1/3 .06 .38 .25 .88 .19 .60 .56 .98 1.47 .16 1.12 .19 .06 .06

1/4 1/2 .10 .47 .31 1.13 .25 .78 .61 1.28 1.84 .19 1.38 .25 .06 .06

5/16 3/4 .19 .53 .38 1.22 .31 .84 .75 1.47 2.09 .22 1.66 .31 .06 .06

3/8 1 .31 .66 .44 1.44 .38 1.03 .91 1.78 2.49 .25 2.03 .38 .13 .06

7/16 1-1/2 .38 .75 .50 1.69 .44 1.16 1.06 2.03 2.91 .31 2.38 .44 .13 .06

1/2 2 .72 .81 .63 1.88 .50 1.31 1.19 2.31 3.28 .38 2.69 .50 .13 .06

5/8 3-1/4 1.37 1.06 .75 2.38 .63 1.69 1.50 2.94 4.19 .44 3.34 .69 .13 .06

3/4 4-3/4 2.35 1.25 .88 2.81 .75 2.00 1.81 3.50 4.97 .50 3.97 .81 .25 .06

7/8 6-1/2 3.62 1.44 1.00 3.31 .88 2.28 2.09 4.03 5.83 .50 4.50 .97 .25 .06

1 8-1/2 5.03 1.69 1.13 3.75 1.00 2.69 2.38 4.69 6.56 .56 5.07 1.06 .25 .06

1-1/8 9-1/2 7.41 1.81 1.25 4.25 1.16 2.91 2.69 5.16 7.47 .63 5.59 1.25 .25 .06

1-1/4 12 9.50 20.3 1.38 4.69 1.29 3.25 3.00 5.75 8.25 .69 6.16 1.38 .25 .06

1-3/8 13-1/2 13.53 2.25 1.50 5.25 1.42 3.63 3.31 6.38 9.16 .75 6.83 1.50 .25 .13

1-1/2 17 17.20 2.38 1.63 5.75 1.54 3.88 3.63 6.88 10.00 .81 7.35 1.62 .25 .13

1-3/4 25 27.78 2.88 2.00 7.00 1.84 5.00 4.19 8.86 12.34 1.00 9.08 2.25 .25 .13

2 35 45.00 3.25 2.25 7.75 2.08 5.75 4.81 9.97 13.68 1.22 10.34 2.40 .25 .13

2-1/2 55 85.75 4.13 2.75 10.50 2.71 7.25 5.69 12.87 17.84 1.38 13.00 3.13 .25 .25

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)TOLERANCE

+/-

* Maximum Proof Load is 2.0 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Strength is 6 times the Working Load Limit.

125

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

EAl loy Screw Pin Shackles

ALLOY SCREW PIN SHACKLES• Capacities 2 thru 21 metric tons.• Forged Alloy Steel - Quenched and Tempered with alloy pins.• Working Load Limit permanently shown on every shackle.• Hot Dip galvanized.• Shackles can be furnished proof tested with certificates to designated standards, such as ABS, DNV, Lloyds, or other

certification. Charges for proof testing and certification available when requested at the time of order.• Shackles are Quenched and Tempered and can meet DNV impact requirements of 42 joules at -20 degrees C.

Screw Pin Shackles can be used in any application where a round pin shackle is used. In addition, screw pin shackles canbe used for applications involving side-loading circumstances. Reduced working load limits are required for side-loadingapplications. While in service, do not allow the screw pin to be rotated by a live line, such as a choker application.

G-209A ALLOY SCREW PIN SHACKLES

Screw pin anchor shackles meet theperformance requirements of FederalSpecification RR-C-271D Type IVA, GradeA, Class 1, except for those provisionsrequired of the contractor.

* Maximum Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit (metric tons) and 2.2 times the Working Load Limit (short tons).Minimum Ultimate Strength is 4.5 times the Working Load Limit for metric tons, and 5 times the Working Load Limit for short tons.

NOMINALSIZE(INCHES)

WORKINGLOADLIMIT*(T)

WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) A B C D E F G H L M P C A

3/8 2 .31 .66 .44 1.44 .38 1.03 .91 1.78 2.49 .25 2.03 .38 .13 .06

7/16 2-2/3 .38 .75 .50 1.69 .44 1.16 1.06 2.03 2.91 .31 2.38 .44 .13 .06

1/2 3-1/3 .63 .81 .63 1.88 .50 1.31 1.19 2.31 3.28 .38 2.69 .50 .13 .06

5/8 5 1.38 1.06 .75 2.38 .63 1.69 1.50 2.94 4.19 .44 3.34 .69 .13 .06

3/4 7 2.25 1.25 .88 2.81 .75 2.00 1.81 3.50 4.97 .50 3.97 .81 .25 .06

7/8 9-1/2 3.61 1.44 1.00 3.31 .88 2.28 2.09 4.03 5.83 .50 4.50 .97 .25 .06

1 12-1/2 5.32 1.69 1.13 3.75 1.00 2.69 2.38 4.69 6.56 .56 5.07 1.06 .25 .06

1-1/8 15 7.25 1.81 1.25 4.25 1.16 2.91 2.69 5.16 7.47 .63 5.59 1.25 .25 .06

1-1/4 18 9.88 2.03 1.38 4.69 1.29 3.25 3.00 5.75 8.25 .69 6.16 1.38 .25 .06

1-3/8 21 13.25 2.25 1.50 5.25 1.42 3.63 3.31 6.38 9.16 .75 6.84 1.50 .25 .13


+/-

126

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

EBolt-Type Shackles

BOLT-TYPE SHACKLES• Capacities 1/3 thru 150 tons.• Forged - Quenched and Tempered with alloy pins.• Working Load Limit permanently shown on every shackle.• Hot Dip galvanized or Self Colored.• Fatigue rated.• Shackles, 55 metric tons and smaller, can be furnished proof tested with

certificates to designated standards, such as ABS, DNV, Lloyds, or othercertification.

• Shackles, 85 metric tons and larger, can be provided as follows.• Non Destructive Tested• Serialized Pin and Bow• Material Certification (Chemical) Certification must be requested at time of order.

Bolt-Type Shackles can be used in any application where round pin or screw pinshackles are used. In addition, they are recommended for permanent or long terminstallations and where the load may slide on the shackle pin causing the pin to rotate.

Bolt-typeanchorshackles(with thinhead bolt -nut withcotter pin)meet theperformancerequirementsof FederalSpecificationRR-C-271DType IVA,Grade A,Class 3,except forthoseprovisionsrequired of thecontractor.

G-2130 S-2130 BOLT TYPE ANCHOR SHACKLES

* Maximum Proof Load is 2.0 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 6 times the Working Load Limit.** Individually Proof Tested with certification.† Furnished in Anchor style only and furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handles.

NOMINALSHACKLESIZE(INCHES)


WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) A B C D E F H L N C A

3/16 † 1/3 .06 .38 .25 .88 .19 .60 .56 1.47 .98 .19 .06 .06

1/4 1/2 .11 .47 .31 1.13 .25 .78 .61 1.84 1.28 .25 .06 .06

5/16 3/4 .22 .53 .38 1.22 .31 .84 .75 2.09 1.47 .31 .06 .06

3/8 1 .33 .66 .44 1.44 .38 1.03 .91 2.49 1.78 .38 .13 .06

7/16 1-1/2 .49 .75 .50 1.69 .44 1.16 1.06 2.91 2.03 .44 .13 .06

1/2 2 .79 .81 .64 1.88 .50 1.31 1.19 3.28 2.31 .50 .13 .06

5/8 3-1/4 1.68 1.06 .77 2.38 .63 1.69 1.50 4.19 2.94 .69 .13 .06

3/4 4-3/4 2.72 1.25 .89 2.81 .75 2.00 1.81 4.97 3.50 .81 .25 .06

7/8 6-1/2 3.95 1.44 1.02 3.31 .88 2.28 2.09 5.83 4.03 .97 .25 .06

1 8-1/2 5.66 1.69 1.15 3.75 1.00 2.69 2.38 6.56 4.69 1.06 .25 .06

1-1/8 9-1/2 8.27 1.81 1.25 4.25 1.13 2.91 2.69 7.47 5.16 1.25 .25 .06

1-1/4 12 11.71 2.03 1.40 4.69 1.29 3.25 3.00 8.25 5.75 1.38 .25 .06

1-3/8 13-1/2 15.83 2.25 1.53 5.25 1.42 3.63 3.31 9.16 6.38 1.50 .25 .13

1-1/2 17 20.80 2.38 1.66 5.75 1.53 3.88 3.63 10.00 6.88 1.62 .25 .13

1-3/4 25 33.91 2.88 2.04 7.00 1.84 5.00 4.19 12.34 8.80 2.25 .25 .13

2 35 52.25 3.25 2.30 7.75 2.08 5.75 4.81 13.68 10.15 2.40 .25 .13

2-1/2 55 98.25 4.13 2.80 10.50 2.71 7.25 5.69 17.90 12.75 3.13 .25 .25

3 85** 154.00 5.00 3.30 13.00 3.12 7.88 6.50 21.50 14.62 3.62 .25 .25

3-1/2 † 120** 265.00 5.25 3.76 14.63 3.62 9.00 8.00 24.88 17.02 4.38 .25 .25

4 † 150** 338.00 5.50 4.26 14.50 4.00 10.00 9.00 25.68 18.00 4.56 .25 .25


127

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

EBolt-Type Shackles

Bolt-type chain shackles (with thin hex headbolt - nut with cotter pin) meet theperformance requirements of FederalSpecification RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade A,Class 3, except for those provisions requiredof the contractor.

Bolt-Type Shackles can be used in any application where round pin or screw pin shackles are used. In addition, they arerecommended for permanent or long term installations and where the load may slide on the shackle pin causing the pin to rotate.

G-2150 S-2150 BOLT TYPE CHAIN SHACKLES

* Maximum Proof Load is 2.0 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 6 times the Working Load Limit.** Individually Proof Tested with certification.



WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) A B D F G K M P R G A

1/4 1/2 .13 .47 .31 .25 .62 .91 1.59 .97 1.56 .25 .06 .06

5/16 3/4 .23 .53 .38 .31 .75 1.07 1.91 1.15 1.82 .31 .06 .06

3/8 1 .33 .66 .44 .38 .92 1.28 2.31 1.42 2.17 .38 .13 .06

7/16 1-1/2 .49 .75 .50 .44 1.06 1.48 2.67 1.63 2.51 .44 .13 .06

1/2 2 .75 .81 .64 .50 1.18 1.66 3.03 1.81 2.80 .50 .13 .06

5/8 3-1/4 1.47 1.06 .77 .63 1.50 2.04 3.76 2.32 3.56 .63 .13 .06

3/4 4-3/4 2.52 1.25 .89 .75 1.81 2.40 4.53 2.75 4.15 .81 .25 .06

7/8 6-1/2 3.85 1.44 1.02 .88 2.10 2.86 5.33 3.20 4.82 .97 .25 .06

1 8-1/2 5.55 1.69 1.15 1.00 2.38 3.24 5.94 3.69 5.39 1.00 .25 .06

1-1/8 9-1/2 7.60 1.81 1.25 1.13 2.68 3.61 6.78 4.07 5.90 1.25 .25 .06

1-1/4 12 10.81 2.03 1.40 1.25 3.00 3.97 7.50 4.53 6.69 1.38 .25 .06

1-3/8 13-1/2 13.75 2.25 1.53 1.38 3.31 4.43 8.28 5.01 7.21 1.50 .25 .13

1-1/2 17 18.50 2.38 1.66 1.50 3.62 4.87 9.05 5.38 7.73 1.62 .25 .13

1-3/4 25 31.40 2.88 2.04 1.75 4.19 5.82 10.97 6.38 9.33 2.12 .25 .13

2 35 46.75 3.25 2.30 2.10 5.00 6.82 12.74 7.25 10.41 2.36 .25 .13

2-1/2 55 85.00 4.12 2.80 2.63 5.68 8.07 14.85 9.38 13.58 2.63 .25 .25

3 85** 124.25 5.00 3.25 3.00 6.50 8.56 16.87 11.00 15.13 3.50 .25 .25


128

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

EAl loy Bol t-Type Shackles

ALLOY BOLT-TYPE SHACKLESG/S 2140 BOLT-TYPE ANCHOR SHACKLE

• Working Load Limit is permanently shown on every shackle.• Alloy bows – Alloy bolts.• Quenched and Tempered.• All sizes are individually proof tested to 2.2 times the Working Load Limit.• Shackles 200 metric tons and larger are provided as follows.

• Non-destructive Tested• Serialized Pin and Bow• Material Certification (Chemical)• Magnetic Particle Inspected

• Forged Alloy Steel 30 thru 175 metric tons. Cast Alloy Steel 200 thru 400metric tons.

• Pins are galvanized and painted red.• Certification must be requested at time of order.

G-2140 meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D, Type IV A, Grade B, Class 3, except for those provisions required of thecontractor.

All 2140 shackles 110 tons and larger aremagnetic particle inspected. Certificationavailable on special request.

G-2140 S-2140 BOLT-TYPE ANCHOR SHACKLES

* Maximum Proof Load is 2.0 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit on 200 thru 400 metric tons.For sizes 30 thru 175 tons, Minimum Ultimate Load is 5.4 times the Working Load Limit.

**Cast Alloy Steel.† Furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handle.



WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) A B C D E F G H J K L A E

1-1/2 30 20.8 2.38 3.63 1.62 1.66 5.75 1.39 6.88 7.73 10.00 3.88 1.53 .13 .25

1-3/4 40 33.9 2.88 4.19 2.25 2.04 7.00 1.75 8.80 9.33 12.34 5.00 1.84 .13 .25

2 55 52.0 3.25 4.81 2.40 2.30 7.75 2.00 10.15 10.41 13.68 5.75 2.08 .13 .25

2-1/2 85 96.0 4.12 5.81 3.12 2.71 10.50 2.62 12.75 13.58 17.70 7.25 2.71 .25 .25

3 120 178.0 5.00 6.50 3.62 3.30 13.00 3.00 14.62 15.13 21.50 7.88 3.12 .25 .25

3 -1/2 † 150 265.0 5.25 8.00 4.38 3.76 14.63 3.75 17.02 19.00 24.88 9.00 3.62 .25 .25

4 † 175 338.0 5.50 9.00 4.56 4.00 14.50 4.00 18.00 19.75 25.68 10.00 4.00 .25 .25

4-3/4** † 200 450.0 7.25 10.50 6.00 4.75 15.69 3.75 21.00 20.59 29.25 11.00 4.50 .25 .25

5** † 250 600.0 8.50 12.00 6.50 5.00 20.06 3.88 24.50 22.06 35.00 13.00 4.50 .25 .25

6** † 300 775.0 8.38 12.00 6.75 6.00 19.56 6.43 25.00 24.44 35.25 13.00 5.00 .25 .25

7** † 400 1102.0 8.25 14.00 7.25 7.00 22.56 6.50 26.00 28.06 40.25 13.00 6.00 .25 .25


129

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

ECOLD TUFF ® Shackles

COLD TUFF SHACKLES• Forged - Quenched and Tempered with alloy bolt.

• G-2130CT – Carbon Steel• G-2140CT – Alloy Steel

• Working Load Limit permanently shown on every shackle.• Individually Serialized with Certification.• Fatigue rated (G-2130CT only).• All sizes are individually proof tested to 2.0 times the Working Load Limit.• Finish is Inorganic Zinc Primer or Hot Dipped Galvanized.• Bow and Bolt are Certified to meet charpy impact testing of 31 ft-lbs. min.

ave. at -4ºF.• Individually Mag Inspected with certification.• Type Approval and certification in accordance with DNV Specification 2.7-1

Offshore Containers and DNV rules for Lifting Appliances - Loose Gear.• COLDTUFF® shackles are suitable for use at -50ºF.

G-2130CTBolt-type anchor shackle (with thin head bolt - nut with cotter pin) meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA,Grade A, Class 3, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

* Maximum Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit. 4-3/4 tons - 175 tons, Minimum Ultimate Load is 5.4 times the Working Load Limit.200 tons and larger, Minimum Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.



WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) A B C D E F H L N P A C

3/4 4-3/4 2.72 1.25 .88 2.81 .75 2.00 1.81 4.97 3.50 .81 4.25 .06 .25

7/8 6-1/2 3.87 1.44 1.00 3.31 .88 2.28 2.09 5.83 4.03 .97 4.71 .06 .25

1 8-1/2 5.66 1.69 1.13 3.75 1.03 2.69 2.38 6.56 4.69 1.06 5.38 .06 .25

1-1/8 9-1/2 8.26 1.81 1.25 4.25 1.13 2.91 2.69 7.47 5.16 1.25 5.90 .06 .25

1-1/4 12 11.71 2.03 1.38 4.69 1.29 3.25 3.00 8.25 5.75 1.38 6.63 .06 .25

1-3/8 13-1/2 15.1 2.25 1.50 5.25 1.38 3.63 3.31 9.16 6.38 1.50 7.21 .13 .25

1-1/2 17 20.8 2.38 1.63 5.75 1.54 3.88 3.63 10.00 6.88 1.62 7.66 .13 .25

1-3/4 25 33.9 2.88 2.00 7.00 1.84 5.00 4.19 12.34 8.86 2.25 9.19 .13 .25


+/-

130

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

ECOLD TUFF ® Shackles

G-2140CTMeets the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade B, Class 3, except for those provisions required of the contractor.



WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) A B C D E F H L N P A C

1-1/2 30 20.8 2.38 1.63 5.75 1.54 3.88 3.63 10.00 6.88 1.62 7.66 .13 .25

1-3/4 40 33.9 2.88 2.00 7.00 1.84 5.00 4.19 12.34 8.86 2.25 9.19 .13 .25

2 55 52.0 3.25 2.25 7.75 2.08 5.75 4.81 13.68 9.97 2.40 10.16 .13 .25

2-1/2 85 96.0 4.12 2.75 10.50 2.72 7.25 5.69 17.84 12.87 3.12 12.94 .25 .25

3 120 178.0 5.00 3.25 13.00 3.11 7.88 6.50 21.50 14.36 3.62 16.50 .25 .25

3-1/2 † 150 265.0 5.25 3.75 14.63 3.62 9.00 8.00 24.62 16.50 4.12 19.00 .25 .25

4 † 175 338.0 5.50 4.25 14.5 4.10 10.00 9.00 25.69 18.42 4.56 19.75 .25 .25

4-3/4 † 200 450.0 7.25 4.75 15.62 4.50 11.00 10.50 29.25 21.00 6.00 20.50 .25 .25

5 † 250 600.0 8.50 5.00 20.00 4.50 13.00 12.00 35.00 24.50 6.50 21.97 .25 .25

* Maximum Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit. 4-3/4 tons - 175 tons, Minimum Ultimate Load is 5.4 times the Working Load Limit.200 tons and larger, Minimum Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.† Furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handle.


131

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

EWide Body Shackles

WIDE BODY SHACKLES• All sizes Quenched and Tempered for maximum strength.• Forged alloy steel from 30 through 300 metric tons.• Cast alloy steel from 400 through 1000 metric tons.• Sizes 300 tons and smaller are proof tested to 2 times the Working Load Limit.• Sizes 400 tons and larger are tested to 1.33 times Working Load Limit.• All ratings are in metric tons, embossed on side of bow.• Bows and pins are furnished Dimetcoted. All Pins are Dimetcoded then painted red.• Greatly improves wearability of wire rope slings.• Can be used to connect HIGH STRENGTH Synthetic Web Slings.• Increase in shackle bow radius provides minimum 58% gain in sling bearing

surface and eliminates need for a thimble.• Increases usable sling strength minimum of 15%.• Pin is non-rotating, with weld on handles for easier use (300t and larger).• All 2160 shackles are individually proof tested and magnetic particle

inspected. Crosby certification available at time of order.• Shackles requiring ABS, DNV, Lloyds and other certifications are available upon

special request and must be specified at time of order.• Shackles are produced in accordance with certified lifting appliance requirements.

• Non-Destructive Testing• Serialization/Identification• Material Testing (Physical/Chemical/Charpy)• Proof Testing

G-2160 WIDE BODY SHACKLES

* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.† Forged Alloy Steel. Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit.†† Cast Alloy Steel. Proof Load is 1.33 times the Working Load Limit.


WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) A B +/- .25 C D +/- .02 E G H J K P R

† 30 25 7.73 2.37 1.38 1.63 3.50 2.50 7.00 3.13 2.50 8.50 11.38

† 40 35 9.32 2.88 1.75 2.00 4.00 1.75 8.13 3.75 3.00 10.62 13.62

† 55 71 10.41 3.25 2.00 2.27 4.63 2.00 9.42 4.50 3.50 12.26 15.63

† 75 99 14.37 4.13 2.12 2.75 5.00 2.55 11.60 4.75 3.64 12.28 18.41

† 125 161 16.51 5.12 2.56 3.15 5.71 3.15 14.43 5.91 4.33 14.96 22.65

† 200 500 20.67 5.91 3.35 4.12 7.28 4.33 18.98 8.07 5.41 19.49 29.82

† 300 811 24.20 7.38 4.00 5.25 9.25 5.47 23.69 10.38 6.31 23.38 37.26

†† 400 1,041 30.06 8.66 5.16 6.30 11.81 6.30 22.71 12.60 7.28 27.17 38.78

†† 500 1,378 32.99 9.84 5.59 7.09 12.52 6.69 24.88 13.38 8.86 31.10 42.71

†† 600 1,833 35.39 10.83 6.04 7.87 13.78 7.28 27.64 14.56 9.74 34.06 47.24

†† 700 2,446 38.91 11.81 6.59 8.46 14.80 7.87 29.04 15.74 10.63 37.01 50.17

†† 800 3,016 43.50 12.80 7.19 9.06 15.75 8.27 29.62 16.54 10.92 38.39 52.09

†† 900 3,436 43.60 13.78 7.78 9.84 16.93 8.66 30.02 17.32 11.51 40.35 54.04

†† 1000 4,022 45.98 14.96 8.33 10.63 17.72 9.06 30.02 18.12 12.11 43.32 55.32

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)

132

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

EAl loy Master L inks

ALLOY MASTER LINKS• Alloy Steel – Quenched and Tempered.• Individually proof tested to 2 times the Working Load Limit, unless otherwise

noted, with certification.• Proof tested with fixture sized to prevent localized point loading per ASTM A952.• Proof test certification shipped with each link.• Sizes from 1/2" to 2" are drop forged.

SIZE“A”(INCHES)


PROOFLOAD(LBS.)**

WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) B C

DEFORMATIONINDICATOR

1/2 7,000 14,000 .82 2.50 5.00 3.00

5/8 9,000 18,000 1.52 3.00 6.00 3.50

3/4 12,300 28,400 2.07 2.75 5.50 3.50

7/8 15,000 30,000 3.50 3.75 6.38 4.50

1 24,360 48,700 4.85 3.50 7.00 4.50

1-1/4 36,200 72,400 9.57 4.38 8.75 5.50

1-1/2 54,300 113,200 16.22 5.25 10.50 6.50

1-3/4 84,900 169,800 25.22 6.00 12.00 7.50

2 102,600 205,200 37.04 7.00 14.00 9.00

†† 2-1/4 143,100 289,200 54.10 8.00 16.00 –––––

†† 2-1/2 160,000 320,000 67.75 8.00 16.00 –––––

†† 2-3/4 216,900 433,800 87.70 9.50 16.00 –––––

†† 3 228,000 456,000 115.00 9.00 18.00 –––––

†† 3-1/4 262,200 524,400 145.00 10.00 20.00 –––––

†† 3-1/2 279,000 558,000 200.00 12.00 24.00 –––––

†† 3-3/4 336,000 672,000 198.00 10.00 20.00 –––––

†† 4 373,000 746,000 228.00 10.00 20.00 –––––

†† 4-1/4 354,000 708,000 302.00 12.00 24.00 –––––

†† 4-1/2 360,000 720,000 345.00 14.00 28.00 –––––

†† 4-3/4 389,000 778,000 436.00 14.00 28.00 –––––

†† 5 395,000 790,000 516.00 15.00 30.00 –––––

A-342 ALLOY MASTER LINKS

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)

* Minimum Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Based on single leg sling (in-lineload), or resultant load on multiple legs with an included angle less than or equal to 120 degrees.** Proof test load equals or exceeds the requirement of ASTM A952(8.1) and ASME B30.9-1.4for the chain size and number of legs.†† Welded Master Link.For use with chain slings.

133

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

EAl loy Master L inks

“A”SIZE(INCHES)


WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) B C D E F G


ENGINEEREDFLAT FORS-325A(IN.) - (MM)

3/4 12,300 2.60 2.75 5.50 .56 3.35 1.57 .30 3.50 1/4 - 5/16, 7-8mm

1 24,360 6.10 3.50 7.00 .69 3.94 2.36 .33 4.50 3/8, 10mm

1-1/4 36,200 13.20 4.38 8.75 .88 6.30 3.54 .53 5.50 1/2, 13mm

1-1/2 54,300 24.20 5.25 10.50 1.13 7.09 3.94 .65 6.50 5/8, 16mm

1-3/4 84,900 35.60 6.00 12.00 1.38 8.00 5.00 .73 7.50 3/4, 20mm

2 102,600 57.30 7.00 14.00 1.50 9.00 5.75 –––––– 9.00 No Flat

* Minimum Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Based on single leg sling (in-line load), or resultant load on multiple legs with an includedangle less than or equal to 120 degrees.For use with chain slings.

A-345 MASTER LINK ASSEMBLY

• Alloy Steel – Quenched and Tempered.• Individually proof tested at 2 times the Working Load Limit with certification.• Proof Test certification shipped with each link.

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)

ALLOY MASTER LINKS

134

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

ECOLD TUFF ® Fi t t ings

COLD TUFF FITTINGS• Alloy Steel – Quenched and Tempered.• Individually proof tested to 2 times the Working Load Limit with certification.• Finish is Inorganic Zinc Primer.• Certified to meet charpy impact testing of 31 ft-lbs. min. ave. at -4ºF.• Individually serialized and all certification shipped with each link.• Links are certified in accordance with DNV specification 2.7-1-Offshore

Containers and DNV rules for Lifting Appliances – Loose Gear.• COLD TUFF® master links are suitable for use at -50ºF.

A-342CT MASTER LINKS

SIZE(INCHES)


WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) A B C D E


1-1/4 35,160 9.75 1.25 4.38 8.75 6.88 11.25 5.50

1-1/2 47,880 17.12 1.50 5.25 10.50 8.25 13.50 6.50

1-3/4 62,520 26.12 1.75 6.00 12.00 9.50 15.50 7.50

2 97,680 41.12 2.00 7.00 14.00 11.00 18.00 9.00

* Minimum Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)

SIZE(INCHES)


WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) A B C

1-1/4 35,160 30.0 1.25 4.38 8.75

1-1/2 47,880 51.0 1.50 5.25 10.50

1-3/4 62,520 78.0 1.75 6.00 12.00

2 97,680 123.0 2.00 7.00 14.00

A-345CT MASTER LINK ASSEMBLY

• Alloy Steel – Quenched and Tempered.• Individually proof tested to 2 times the Working Load Limit with certification.• Finish is Inorganic Zinc Primer.• Certified to meet charpy impact testing of 31 ft-lbs. min. ave. at -4ºF.• Individually serialized and all certification shipped with each link.• Links are certified in accordance with DNV specification 2.7-1-Offshore

Containers and DNV rules for Lifting Appliances – Loose Gear.• COLD TUFF® master links are suitable for use at -50ºF.


DIMENSIONS (INCHES)

135

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

EPear Shaped L inks

SIZE A(INCHES)


WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) B C D E F

1/2 7,000 .55 1.50 1.00 4.00 3.00 .50

5/8 9,000 1.10 1.88 1.25 5.00 3.75 .63

3/4 12,300 1.76 2.25 1.50 6.00 4.50 .75

7/8 † † 14,000 2.82 2.63 1.75 7.00 5.25 .88

1 24,360 4.22 3.00 2.00 8.00 6.00 1.00

1-1/8 †† 30,600 6.25 3.38 2.25 8.75 6.75 1.13

1-1/4 †† 36,000 8.25 3.75 2.50 10.00 7.50 1.25

1-3/8 †† 43,000 11.25 4.13 2.75 11.00 8.25 1.38

1-1/2 †† 54,300 14.25 4.50 3.00 12.00 9.00 1.50

1-5/8 †† 62,600 18.50 4.88 3.25 13.00 9.75 1.63

1-3/4 †† 84,900 22.50 5.25 3.50 14.00 10.50 1.75

1-7/8 †† 95,800 9.00 5.63 3.75 15.00 11.25 1.88

2 †† 10,2600 34.00 6.00 4.00 16.00 12.00 2.00

2-1/4 †† 143,100 48.00 6.75 4.50 18.00 13.50 2.25

2-1/2 †† 147,300 66.00 7.50 5.00 20.00 15.00 2.50

2-3/4 †† 216,900 88.00 8.25 5.50 22.00 16.50 2.75

3 †† 228,000 114.00 9.00 6.00 24.00 18.00 3.00

3-1/4 †† 262,200 146.00 9.75 6.50 26.00 19.50 3.25

3-1/2 †† 279,000 181.00 10.50 7.00 28.00 21.00 3.50

4 †† 373,000 271.00 12.00 8.00 32.00 24.00 4.00

PEAR SHAPED LINKS• Alloy Steel – Quenched and Tempered• Individually Proof Tested at 2 times Working Load Limit with certification.• Proof Test certification shipped with each link.• Sizes 1/2", 5/8", 3/4", and 1" are drop forged.

* Based on single leg sling (in-line load), or resultant load on multiple legs with an included angle less than orequal to 120º. Minimum Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.† † Welded Link

A-341 ALLOY PEAR SHAPED LINKS

136

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

EPear Shaped L inks

G-341/S-341 WELDLESS SLING LINKS

• Forged carbon steel – Quenched and Tempered.• Self Colored or Hot Dip galvanized.

* Ultimate Load is 6 times the Working Load Limit. Based on single leg sling (in-line load), or resultant load onmultiple legs with an included angle less than or equal to 120ºF.

SIZEA(INCHES)

WORKINGLOAD LIMITSINGLE PULL(LBS.)*

WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) B C D E F

3/8 1,800 .23 1.13 .75 3.00 2.25 .38

1/2 2,900 .55 1.50 1.00 4.00 3.00 .50

5/8 4,200 1.06 1.87 1.25 5.00 3.75 .63

3/4 6,000 1.88 2.25 1.50 6.00 4.50 .75

7/8 8,300 2.75 2.63 1.75 7.00 5.25 .88

1 10,800 4.35 3.00 2.00 8.00 6.00 1.00

1-1/4 16,750 7.60 4.00 2.50 10.25 7.50 1.25

1-3/8 20,500 11.30 4.13 2.75 11.00 8.25 1.38

137

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

ESwivels

SWIVELS EQUIPPED WITH TAPERED ROLLER THRUST BEARING

SWIVELNUMBER(TYPE)

WORKINGLOAD LIMIT*(METRIC TONS)

WIRE ROPESIZE(INCHES)

WEIGHTEACH(LBS.)

3-S-1 3 1/2 9.81

3-S-2 3 1/2 9.63

3-S-3 3 1/2 9.12

3-S-4 3 1/2 9.00

3-S-5 3 1/2 8.50

3-S-6 3 1/2 9.32

S-1

JAW & HOOK

S-2

JAW & JAW

S-3

JAW & EYE

S-4

EYE & JAW

S-5

EYE & EYE

S-6

EYE & HOOK

5-S-1 5 5/8 15.51

5-S-2 5 5/8 13.69

5-S-3 5 5/8 13.50

5-S-4 5 5/8 12.33

5-S-5 5 5/8 11.30

5-S-6 5 5/8 14.24

8-1/2 -S-1 8-1/2 3/4 29.42

8-1/2 -S-2 8-1/2 3/4 26.16

8-1/2 -S-3 8-1/2 3/4 24.90

8-1/2 -S-4 8-1/2 3/4 29.00

8-1/2 -S-5 8-1/2 3/4 29.25

8-1/2 -S-6 8-1/2 3/4 32.00

10 -S-1 10 7/8 46.75

10 -S-2 10 7/8 45.75

10 -S-3 10 7/8 43.50

10 -S-4 10 7/8 44.00

10 -S-5 10 7/8 42.00

10 -S-6 10 7/8 45.50

15 -S-1 15 1 73.75

15 -S-2 15 1 62.75

15 -S-3 15 1 61.00

15 -S-4 15 1 61.00

15 -S-5 15 1 49.00

15 -S-6 15 1 63.00

25 -S-1 25 –––––– 140.00

25 -S-2 25 –––––– 140.00

25 -S-3 25 –––––– 135.00

25 -S-4 25 –––––– 135.00

25 -S-5 25 –––––– 130.00

25 -S-6 25 –––––– 135.00

35 -S-1 35 –––––– 220.00

35 -S-2 35 –––––– 155.00

35 -S-3 35 –––––– 150.00

35 -S-4 35 –––––– 150.00

35 -S-5 35 –––––– 145.00

35 -S-6 35 –––––– 215.00

45 -S-1 45 –––––– 251.00

45 -S-2 45 –––––– 235.00

45 -S-3 45 –––––– 225.00

45 -S-4 45 –––––– 225.00

45 -S-5 45 –––––– 215.00

45 -S-6 45 –––––– 270.00

* Individually Proof Tested to 2 times the Working Load Limit.Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

138

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

EForged Swivels

FORGED SWIVELS• Hot dip Galvanized.• Quenched and Tempered.• Meets or exceeds all the requirements of ASME B30.26 including identification, ductility, design factor, proof load and

temperature requirements. Importantly, products meet other critical performance requirements including fatigue life,impact properties and material traceability, not addressed by ASME B30.26.

SIZE(INCHES)

WORKINGLOADLIMIT*(LBS.)

WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) A B C D E G J M R U V

1/4 850 .13 1.25 .69 .75 .62 1.12 .25 .69 .31 2.25 1.69 1.25

5/16 1,250 .25 1.63 .81 1.00 .75 1.38 .31 .81 .38 2.72 2.06 1.47

3/8 2,250 .54 2.00 .94 1.25 1.00 1.75 .38 1.00 .50 3.44 2.50 1.88

1/2 3,600 1.12 2.50 1.31 1.50 1.25 2.25 .50 1.31 .63 4.25 3.19 2.44

5/8 5,200 2.09 3.00 1.56 1.75 1.50 2.75 .62 1.50 .75 5.13 3.88 2.94

3/4 7,200 3.09 3.50 1.75 2.00 1.75 3.25 .75 1.88 .88 5.78 4.94 3.46

G-401 CHAIN SWIVELS

Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D, Type VII, Class 1, except for those provisionsrequired of the contractor.

* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)

139

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

EForged Swivels

G-402 REGULAR SWIVELS

Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D, TypeVII, Class 2, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

SIZE(INCHES)


WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) A B C D J M R S

1/4 850 .21 1.25 .69 .75 1.06 .69 .31 2.94 1.69

5/16 1,250 .39 1.63 .81 1.00 1.25 .81 .38 3.56 2.06

3/8 2,250 .71 2.00 .94 1.25 1.50 1.00 .50 4.31 2.50

1/2 3,600 1.32 2.50 1.31 1.50 2.00 1.31 .63 5.44 3.19

5/8 5,200 2.49 3.00 1.56 1.75 2.38 1.50 .75 6.56 3.88

3/4 7,200 4.02 3.50 1.75 2.00 2.64 1.88 .88 7.19 4.31

7/8 10,000 6.25 4.00 2.06 2.25 3.06 2.13 1.00 8.38 5.00

1 12,500 8.95 4.50 2.31 2.50 3.50 2.38 1.13 9.63 5.75

1-1/4 18,000 16.37 5.63 2.69 3.13 3.69 3.00 1.63 11.44 6.75

1-1/2 45,200 45.79 7.00 3.88 4.00 4.19 4.00 2.25 17.13 10.00

G-403 JAW END SWIVELSMeets the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271D, Type VII, Class 3, except for those provisionsrequired of the contractor. (U.S. Patent 5,381,650 and other equivalents).


DIMENSIONS (INCHES)

SIZE(INCHES)

WORKINGLOADLIMIT*

(LBS.)

WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) A B C G J K L M N P R U V

1/4 850 .21 1.25 .69 .75 .69 .69 .47 1.03 .31 .88 .25 2.63 1.69 1.69

5/16 1,250 .34 1.63 .81 1.00 .81 .81 .50 1.13 .38 .88 .31 2.94 2.06 1.81

3/8 2,250 .66 2.00 .94 1.25 1.00 1.00 .63 1.41 .50 1.06 .38 3.63 2.50 2.25

1/2 3,600 1.34 2.50 1.31 1.50 1.31 1.31 .75 1.75 .63 1.31 .50 4.50 3.19 2.88

5/8 5,200 2.48 3.00 1.56 1.75 1.63 1.50 .94 2.06 .75 1.50 .63 5.31 3.88 3.44

3/4 7,200 3.88 3.50 1.75 2.00 1.88 1.88 1.13 2.53 .88 1.75 .75 6.06 4.31 4.00

7/8 10,000 5.87 4.00 2.06 2.25 2.13 2.13 1.19 2.75 1.00 2.06 .88 7.00 5.00 4.53

1 12,500 9.84 4.50 2.31 2.50 2.63 2.38 1.75 3.72 1.13 2.81 1.13 8.56 5.75 5.94

1-1/4 18,000 15.75 5.69 2.69 3.13 3.13 3.00 2.06 4.31 1.63 2.81 1.38 9.75 7.06 6.38

1-1/2 45,200 54.75 7.00 3.88 4.00 5.63 4.00 2.88 6.00 2.25 4.44 2.25 14.25 10.00 10.84

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)


140

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

EHoist Hooks

HOOK HOISTSEYE HOOKS

Hoist hooks incorporate markings forged into the product whichaddress two (2) QUIC-CHECK™ features:

Angle Indicators – Indicates the maximum included anglewhich is allowed between two (2) sling legs in the hook. Theseindicators also provide the opportunity to approximate otherincluded angles between two sling legs.

Deformation Indicators – Two strategically placed marks, onejust below the shank or eye and the other on the hook tip, whichallow for a QUIC-CHECK™ measurement to determine if thethroat opening has changed, thus indicating abuse or overload.

To check, use a measuring device (i.e., tape measure) tomeasure the distance between the marks. The marks shouldalign to either an inch or half-inch increment on the measuringdevice. If the measurement does not meet this criteria, the hookshould be inspected further for possible damage.

† New 320N Style Hook. †† S-320 Style Hook.

* NOTE: Eye Hooks (3/4TC-22TA), Proof load is 2.5 times Working Load Limit. Eye Hooks (20TC-60TA), Proof load is 2 times Working Load Limit. AllCarbon hooks - average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 1 ton through 22 ton - average straighteningload (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 30 tons through 60 tons - average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4.5 timesWorking Load Limit. All Alloy shank hooks - average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4.5 times Working Load Limit. All Bronze hooks - averagestraightening load (ultimate load) is 4 times Working Load Limit. † New 320N Style Hook.

S-320

S-320Ñ

CARBON ALLOY A B C D F G H J K M O P Q T AA

3/4 † 1 † 4.42 1.47 3.34 2.83 1.25 .73 .81 .90 .63 .63 .89 2.00 .75 .87 1.50

1 † 1-1/2 † 5.07 1.75 3.81 3.11 1.38 .84 .94 .93 .71 .71 .91 2.24 .91 .98 2.00

1-1/2 † 2 † 5.64 2.13 4.14 3.53 1.50 1.00 1.16 1.00 .88 .88 1.00 2.50 1.13 1.03 2.00

2 † 3 † 6.39 2.41 4.69 3.97 1.63 1.13 1.32 1.13 .94 .94 1.09 2.82 1.25 1.16 2.00

3 † 5 † 7.90 2.94 5.77 4.81 2.00 1.44 1.63 1.47 1.31 1.31 1.36 3.51 1.56 1.53 2.50

5 † 7 † 10.09 3.81 7.37 6.27 2.50 1.81 2.06 1.75 1.66 1.66 1.61 4.52 2.00 1.96 3.00

7-1/2 † 11 † 12.43 4.66 9.07 7.45 3.00 2.25 2.63 2.29 1.88 1.63 2.08 5.40 2.44 2.47 4.00

10 † 15 † 13.94 5.38 10.08 8.30 3.25 2.59 2.94 2.50 2.19 1.94 2.27 6.00 2.84 2.62 4.00

15 † 22 † 17.09 6.63 12.53 10.30 4.25 3.00 3.50 3.30 2.69 2.38 3.02 6.93 3.50 2.83 5.00

20 †† 30 †† 19.47 7.00 14.06 13.62 5.00 3.62 4.62 4.00 3.00 ––– 3.25 8.78 3.50 3.44 6.50

25 †† 37 †† 24.81 8.50 18.19 14.06 5.38 4.56 5.00 4.25 3.62 ––– 3.00 11.38 4.50 3.88 7.00

30 †† 45 †† 27.44 9.31 20.12 15.44 6.00 5.06 5.50 4.75 3.72 ––– 3.38 12.63 4.94 4.75 8.00

40 †† 60 †† 32.31 10.75 23.72 18.50 7.00 6.00 6.50 5.75 4.44 ––– 4.12 14.81 5.69 5.69 10.00

WORKING LOADLIMIT* (TONS)


DIMENSIONS (INCHES)

141

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

ESHUR-LOC ® Hooks

SHUR-LOC HOOKSSHUR-LOC ® HOOK SERIES WITH POSITIVELOCKING LATCH

All SHUR-LOC® have the following features:• Positive Lock Latch is Self-Locking when hook is loaded.• Forged Alloy Steel – Quenched and Tempered.• The SHUR-LOC® hook, if properly installed and locked, can be OSHA Rule

1926-550 (g) (4) (iv) (B).

Eye Style incorporates these added features:• Individually Proof Tested to 2-1/2 times the Working Load Limit with

certification.• Suitable for use with Grade 100 and Grade 80 chain.• Designed with “Engineered Flat” to connect to S-1325 chain coupler.• Fatigue rated at 1-1/2 times the Working Load Limit at 20,000 cycles.• 25% stronger than Grade 80.

S-1316 EYE HOOK


(INCHES) (MM)


WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) A C D E J L

–––––– 6 3,200 .85 .78 3.95 .79 2.60 .63 1.14

1/4 – 5/16 7 – 8 5,700 1.81 1.08 5.31 1.10 3.50 .81 1.48

3/8 10 8,800 3.24 1.30 6.57 1.17 4.39 .94 2.21

1/2 13 15,000 5.96 1.65 8.23 1.67 5.45 1.16 2.22

5/8 16 22,600 12.75 2.20 10.06 2.04 6.56 1.50 2.65

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)CHAIN SIZE

142

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

ESwivel Hooks & SHUR-LOC ® Swivel Hooks

SWIVEL HOOKS SWIVEL HOOKS WITH BEARING

• New anti-friction bearing design allows hook to rotate freely under load.• Capacities ranging from 2 through 15 metric tonnes.• Forged – Quenched and Tempered.• Proper design, careful forging, and precision controlled quench and tempering

gives maximum strength without excessive weight and bulk.• Low profile hook tip designed to utilize S-4320 or PL-N latch kit. Simply

purchase the latch assemblies. Even years after purchase of the original hook,latch assemblies can be added.

• S-3322 hooks incorporate markings forged into the product which address two(2) QUIC-CHECK® features:

Angle Indicators – Indicates the maximum included angle which is allowedbetween two (2) sling legs in the hook. These indicators also provide theopportunity to approximate other included angles between two sling legs.

Deformation Indicators – Two strategically placed marks, one just below theshank or eye and the other on the hook tip, which allows for a QUIC-CHECK™measurement to determine if the throat opening has changed, thus indicatingabuse or overload.

To check, use a measuring device (i.e., tape measure) to measure the distancebetween the marks. The marks should align to either an inch or half-inchincrement on the measuring device. If the measurement does not meet thiscriteria, the hook should be inspected further for possible damage.

See other swivel hooks designed to rotate under load. Use in corrosiveenvironment requires shank and nut inspection in accordance with ASMEB30.10-1.2.1(b)(2)(c) 2000.

Suitable for frequent rotation underload.

S-3322 SWIVEL HOOKS WITH BEARINGWORKINGLOADLIMIT(TONS)*

WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) A B C D F G H J K L M O R S AA

2 2.5 3.00 1.50 1.75 3.59 1.50 1.00 1.16 1.06 .88 7.64 .88 1.00 6.01 .63 2.00

3 3.8 3.50 1.56 2.00 4.00 1.62 1.13 1.31 1.19 .94 8.60 .94 1.09 6.72 .75 2.00

5 7.0 4.00 1.56 2.25 4.84 2.00 1.44 1.63 1.50 1.31 10.32 1.13 1.36 8.00 .88 2.50

7 14.0 5.00 1.94 2.75 6.27 2.50 1.81 2.06 1.78 1.66 12.84 1.44 1.61 9.90 1.13 3.00

11 22.3 5.62 2.05 3.12 7.54 3.00 2.25 2.63 2.41 1.88 15.24 1.63 2.08 11.74 1.25 4.00

15 37.8 7.12 3.62 4.10 8.33 3.25 2.59 2.94 2.62 2.19 18.64 1.94 2.27 14.41 1.50 4.00

* Proofload is 2.5 times Working Load Limit. Designed with a 4.5 to 1 design factor.

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)

143

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

ESwivel Hooks & SHUR-LOC ® Swivel Hooks

SHUR-LOC ® SWIVEL HOOKS

• Positive Lock Latch is Self-Locking when hook is loaded.• S-3326 Swivel Hook utilizes anti-friction bearing design which allows hook to

rotate freely under load.• The SHUR-LOC® hook, if properly installed and locked, can be used for

personnel lifting applications and meets the intent of OSHA Rule 1926-550 (g)(4) (iv) (B).

Suitable for frequent rotation underload.

S-3326 SHUR-LOC ® SWIVEL HOOKS

* Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit based on Grade 8 Chain.

(INCHES) (MM)

GRADE AALLOY CHAINWLL* (LBS.)4:1 A B C D E F H J L

WEIGHTEACH(LBS.)

–––––– 6 2,500 1.50 1.03 7.44 .79 2.60 .67 .50 .63 1.13 1.50

1/4 – 5/16 7 – 8 4,500 1.75 1.50 9.25 1.10 3.50 .87 .63 .81 1.44 3.10

3/8 10 7,100 2.00 1.56 10.78 1.16 4.35 1.10 .75 .94 1.83 5.26

1/2 13 12,000 2.50 2.00 13.19 1.66 5.45 1.26 1.00 1.16 2.19 11.22

5/8 16 18,100 2.75 1.94 15.72 2.05 6.56 1.50 1.13 1.50 2.61 17.32

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)CHAIN SIZE

144

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

EPipe Hooks

PIPE HOOKS

Newco® Pipe Hooks are designed to ease the job of handling pipe. They speed uploading or unloading of pipe sections, or the moving of pipe when placing pipeinto position for connecting or welding. For handling pipe with ease, select thepipe hook best suited to your need from these six sizes. Federal stock number,FSN-3940-909-3716.

• No. 2 – Equipped with soft brass inserts to prevent damaging thin wall gas oroil pipe.

• No. 3 – Same as No. 2 with a longer throat opening. Has brass insert.• No. 4 – A flame cut 3/4" steel plate hook adaptable for lifting jobs requiring a

wide throat opening.• No. 5 – A wide bearing surface pipe hook with a scuff-resistant plastic insert

for protecting epoxy lined pipe.• No. 10 – A versatile multi-purpose pipe hook for lighter lifting jobs.• No. 55 – Same as No. 5 with a 8-1/2" wide bearing surface and plastic insert.

WARNING: The angle of each sling leg should be carefully checked witheach usage to prevent overloading.

* Working Loads shown in table are based on slings using two pipe hooks.All Newco® Pipe Hooks are equipped with handles for ease of handling.

ROPESIZE(INCHES)


WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) NUMBER A B C

3/8 – 5/8 8,500 8-1/2 2 1-1/4 1 3-1/4

3/8 – 5/8 7,500 10-1/2 3 1-1/4 2 3-1/4

3/8 2,000 5 4 1-3/8 4 5-1/2

3/8 – 5/8 7,000 13 5 1-1/4 7/8 5-1/2

3/8 – 1/2 3,500 7-1/2 10 1-3/16 2-1/2 4-1/4

3/8 – 5/8 7,000 29 55 1-1/4 7/8 5-1/2

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)

No. 2 No. 3 No. 4

No. 55No. 10No. 5

NEWCO

145

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

EUNC Swivel Hoist R ings

SWIVEL HOIST RINGS• Top washer has the following features:

• The Working Load Limit and Recommended Torque value are permanently stamped into each washer.• Washer is color coded for easy identification: Red – UNC thread.

• Individually Proof Tested to 2-1/2 times Working Load Limit.• Bolt specification if a Grade 8 Alloy socket head cap screw to ASTM A 574. All threads listed are UNC.• BOLT SIZE IDENTIFICATION: The size of the bolt will be stated as in the drawing below. Illustration shows meaning of

each dimension given.

HR-125

* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. ** Ultimate Load is 4.5 times the Working Load Limit for 7000# Hoist Ringwhen tested in 90 degree orientation. † Long Bolts are designed to be used with soft metal (i.e., aluminum) work piece. Whilethe long bolts may also be used with ferrous metal (i.e., steel & iron) work piece, short bolts are designed for ferrous work piecesonly. §Bolt specification is a Grade 8 Alloy socket head cap screw to ASTM A 574.

FRAMESIZENO.

WORKINGLOADLIMIT(LBS.)*

TORQUEINFT. LBS.

BOLT SIZEA §

EFFECTIVETHREADPROJECTIONLENGTH B C D

RADIUS E

DIAMETERF G H

WEIGHTEACH(LBS.)

1 † 800 7 5/16 - 18 x 1.50 .58 2.72 .97 .46 .34 1.87 1.12 .37

1 † 1,000 12 3/8 - 16 x 1.50 .58 2.72 .97 .46 .34 1.87 1.05 .39

2 2,500 28 1/2 - 13 x 2.00 .70 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.29 2.33

2 † 2,500 28 1/2 - 13 x 2.50 1.20 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.29 2.36

2 4,000 60 5/8 - 11 x 2.00 .70 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.16 2.41

2 † 4,000 60 5/8 - 11 x 2.75 1.45 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.16 2.47

2 5,000 100 3/4 - 10 x 2.25 .95 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.04 2.52

2 † 5,000 100 3/4 - 10 x 2.75 1.45 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.04 2.59

3 7,000 ** 100 3/4 - 10 x 2.75 .89 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.97 6.72

3 † 7,000 ** 100 3/4 - 10 x 3.50 1.64 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.97 6.81

3 8,000 160 7/8 - 9 x 2.75 .89 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.84 6.84

3 † 8,000 160 7/8 - 9 x 3.50 1.64 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.84 6.96

3 10,000 230 1 - 8 x 3.00 1.14 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.72 7.09

3 † 10,000 230 1 - 8 x 4.00 2.14 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.72 7.31

4 15,000 470 1-1/4 - 7 x 4.50 2.21 8.72 3.71 1.75 1.19 6.18 3.93 14.51

5 24,000 800 1-1/2 - 6 x 6.50 2.97 12.42 4.71 2.39 1.75 8.48 5.64 37.73

5 30,000 1,100 2 - 4-1/2 x 6.50 2.97 12.42 4.71 2.39 1.75 8.48 5.14 40.69

6 50,000 2,100 2-1/2 - 4 x 8.0 4.00 16.88 5.75 3.00 2.25 11.67 8.03 88.00

7 75,000 4,300 3 - 4 x 10.5 5.20 19.50 7.25 3.76 2.75 14.16 8.50 165.00

8 100,000 6,600 3-1/2 - 4 x 13.0 7.00 22.09 7.75 4.00 3.25 15.91 9.28 240.00

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)

146

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

EHeavy L i f t Swivel Hoist R ings

HR-125M METRIC THREADS

AT A 5:1DESIGNFACTOR†

AT A 4:1DESIGNFACTOR†

TORQUEIN NM* (A) BOLT SIZE††

(B) EFFECTIVETHREADPROJECTIONLENGTH C D

RADIUSE

DIA.F G H

WEIGHTEACH (KG.)

400 500 10 M8x1.25x40 16.7 69.2 24.6 11.7 8.5 47.5 28.2 .17

450 550 16 M10x1.50x40 16.7 69.2 24.6 11.7 8.5 47.5 26.2 .18

1050 1300 38 M12x1.75x50 16.9 123 49.8 22.1 17.5 85.1 58.9 1.05

1900 2400 81 M16x2.00x60 26.9 123 49.8 22.1 17.5 85.1 54.9 1.11

2150 2700 136 M20x2.50x65 31.9 123 49.8 22.1 17.5 85.1 50.9 1.17

3000 3750 136 M20x2.50x75 27.8 167 75.2 34.5 25.4 124 74.4 3.09

4200 5250 312 M24x3.00x80 32.8 167 75.2 34.5 25.4 124 70.4 3.21

7000 8750 637 M30x3.50x120 61.7 222 94.2 44.5 30.5 157 101 6.53

11000 13750 1005 M36x4.00x150 60.3 316 120 60.7 44.5 215 145 16.81

12500 15600 1005 M42x4.50x160 70.3 316 120 60.7 44.5 215 139 17.39

13500 16900 1350 M48x5.00x160 70.3 316 120 60.7 44.5 215 133 18.03

WLL (KG.)DIMENSIONS (MM)

* The tightening torque values shown are based upon threads being clean, dry, and free of lubrication.† Individually proof loaded to 2-1/2 times the Working Load Limit based on the 4:1 design factor.††Bolt specification is a Grade 12.9 Alloy socket head cap screw to Din 912. All threads are metric (ASME/ANSI B18.3.1m).

147

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

EHeavy L i f t Swivel Hoist R ings

HR-1000 UNC THREADS

* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.** Ultimate Load is 4.5 times the Working Load Limit for 7000# Hoist Ring when tested in 90 degree orientation.† Long Bolts are designed to be used with soft metal (i.e., aluminum) work piece. While the long bolts may also be

used with ferrous metal (i.e., steel & iron) work piece, short bolts are designed for ferrous work pieces only.§ Bolt specification is a Grade 8 Alloy socket head cap screw to ASTM A 574.

HEAVY LIFT SWIVEL HOIST RINGS• Forged bail provides the following:

• Easily readable “Raised Lettering” showing the name Crosby or “CG” and PIC Code for material traceability.• Greater durability providing the increased “Toughness” desired in potentially abusive field conditions.• Larger opening than standard Hoist Ring bail.

• Top washer is color coded for easy identification (Red for UNC threads and Silver for Metric threads)• The Working Load Limit and Recommended Torque value are permanently stamped into each washer.• Individually Proof Tested to 2-1/2 times Working Load Limit.• BOLT SIZE IDENTIFICATION: The size of the bolt will be stated as in the drawing below. Illustration shows meaning of

each dimension given.

FRAMESIZENO.


TORQUEINFT. LBS.

BOLT SIZEA §

EFFECTIVETHREADPROJECTIONLENGTH B C D

RADIUSE

DIAMETERF G H

WEIGHTEACH(LBS.)

1 † 800 7 5/16 - 18 x 1.50 .58 2.72 .97 .46 .34 1.87 1.12 .37

1 † 1,000 12 3/8 - 16 x 1.50 .58 2.72 .97 .46 .34 1.87 1.05 .39

2 2,500 28 1/2 - 13 x 2.00 .70 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.29 2.33

2 † 2,500 28 1/2 - 13 x 2.50 1.20 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.29 2.36

2 4,000 60 5/8 - 11 x 2.00 .70 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.16 2.41

2 † 4,000 60 5/8 - 11 x 2.75 1.45 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.16 2.47

2 5,000 100 3/4 - 10 x 2.25 .95 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.04 2.52

2 † 5,000 100 3/4 - 10 x 2.75 1.45 4.85 1.96 .87 .69 3.35 2.04 2.59

3 7,000 ** 100 3/4 - 10 x 2.75 .89 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.97 6.72

3 † 7,000 ** 100 3/4 - 10 x 3.50 1.64 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.97 6.81

3 8,000 160 7/8 - 9 x 2.75 .89 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.84 6.84

3 † 8,000 160 7/8 - 9 x 3.50 1.64 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.84 6.96

3 10,000 230 1 - 8 x 3.00 1.14 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.72 7.09

3 † 10,000 230 1 - 8 x 4.00 2.14 6.57 2.96 1.36 .94 4.87 2.72 7.31

4 15,000 470 1-1/4 - 7 x 4.50 2.21 8.72 3.71 1.75 1.19 6.18 3.93 14.51

5 24,000 800 1-1/2 - 6 x 6.50 2.97 12.42 4.71 2.39 1.75 8.48 5.64 37.73

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)

148

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

EForged Eye Bol ts

FORGED EYE BOLTS• Forged Steel – Quenched and Tempered.• Fatigue rated at 1-1/2 times the Working Load Limit at 20,000 cycles.• All Bolts Hot Dip galvanized after threading (UNC).• Furnished with standard Hot Dip galvanized hex nuts.• Recommended for in-line pull.• Meets or exceeds all the requirements of ASME B30.26 including identification, ductility,

design factor, proof load and temperature requirements. Meets other critical performancerequirements including fatigue life, impact properties and material traceability, not addressedby ASME B30.26.

G-291 REGULAR NUT EYE BOLTSSHANKDIAMETER& LENGTH(INCHES)



1/4 x 2 650 8.20 .25 .50 1.00 .25 1.50 2.00 3.06 .56

1/4 x 4 650 11.70 .25 .50 1.00 .25 2.50 4.00 5.06 .56

5/16 x 2-1/4 1,200 13.30 .31 .62 1.25 .31 1.50 2.25 3.56 .69

5/16 x 4-1/4 1,200 25.00 .31 .62 1.25 .31 2.50 4.25 5.56 .69

3/8 x 2-1/2 1,550 23.30 .38 .75 1.50 .38 1.50 2.50 4.12 .88

3/8 x 4-1/2 1,550 29.50 .38 .75 1.50 .38 2.50 4.50 6.12 .88

3/8 x 6 1,550 35.20 .38 .75 1.50 .38 2.50 6.00 7.62 .88

1/2 x 3-1/4 2,600 50.30 .50 1.00 2.00 .50 1.50 3.25 5.38 1.12

1/2 x 6 2,600 66.10 .50 1.00 2.00 .50 3.00 6.00 8.12 1.12

1/2 x 8 2,600 82.00 .50 1.00 2.00 .50 3.00 8.00 10.12 1.12

1/2 x 10 2,600 88.00 .50 1.00 2.00 .50 3.00 10.00 12.12 1.12

1/2 x 12 2,600 114.20 .50 1.00 2.00 .50 3.00 12.00 14.12 1.12

5/8 x 4 5,200 103.10 .62 1.25 2.50 .62 2.00 4.00 6.69 1.44

5/8 x 6 5,200 118.20 .62 1.25 2.50 .62 3.00 6.00 8.69 1.44

5/8 x 8 5,200 135.10 .62 1.25 2.50 .62 3.00 8.00 10.69 1.44

5/8 x 10 5,200 153.60 .62 1.25 2.50 .62 3.00 10.00 12.69 1.44

5/8 x 12 5,200 167.10 .62 1.25 2.50 .62 4.00 2.00 14.69 1.44

3/4 x 4-1/2 7,200 168.60 .75 1.50 3.00 .75 2.00 4.50 7.69 1.69

3/4 x 6 7,200 184.50 .75 1.50 3.00 .75 3.00 6.00 9.19 1.69

3/4 x 8 7,200 207.90 .75 1.50 3.00 .75 3.00 8.00 11.19 1.69

3/4 x 10 7,200 235.00 .75 1.50 3.00 .75 3.00 10.00 13.19 1.69

3/4 x 12 7,200 257.50 .75 1.50 3.00 .75 4.00 12.00 15.19 1.69

3/4 x 15 7,200 298.00 .75 1.50 3.00 .75 5.00 15.00 18.19 1.69

7/8 x 5 10,600 270.00 .88 1.75 3.50 .88 2.50 5.00 8.75 2.00

7/8 x 8 10,600 308.00 .88 1.75 3.50 .88 4.00 8.00 11.75 2.00

7/8 x 12 10,600 400.00 .88 1.75 3.50 .88 4.00 12.00 15.75 2.00

1 x 6 13,300 421.00 1.00 2.00 4.00 1.00 3.00 6.00 10.31 2.31

1 x 9 13,300 468.50 1.00 2.00 4.00 1.00 4.00 9.00 13.31 2.31

1 x 12 13,300 540.00 1.00 2.00 4.00 1.00 4.00 12.00 16.31 2.31

1 x 18 13,300 650.00 1.00 2.00 4.00 1.00 7.00 18.00 22.31 2.31

1-1/4 x 8 21,000 750.00 1.25 2.50 5.00 1.25 4.00 8.00 13.38 2.88

1-1/4 x 12 21,000 900.00 1.25 2.50 5.00 1.25 4.00 12.00 17.38 2.88

1-1/4 x 20 21,000 1,210.00 1.25 2.50 5.00 1.25 6.00 20.00 25.38 2.88

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)

* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Working Load Limit shown is for in-line pull.Maximum Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit.

149

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

EForged Eye Bol ts

• Forged Steel.• Fatigue rated at 1-1/2 times the Working Load Limit at 20,000

cycles.• All Bolts Hot Dip galvanized after threading (UNC).• Working Load Limits shown are for in-line pull.• Meets or exceeds all the requirements of ASME B30.26 including

identification, ductility, design factor, proof load and temperaturerequirements. Meets other critical performance requirementsincluding fatigue life, impact properties and material traceability,not addressed by ASME B30.26.

• Furnished with standard Hot Dip galvanized, heavy hex nuts.

G-277 SHOULDER NUT EYE BOLTSSHANKDIAMETER& LENGTH(INCHES)


WEIGHTPER 100(LBS.) A B C D E F G H J

1/4 x 2 650 6.60 .25 .50 .88 .19 1.50 2.00 2.94 .50 .47

1/4 x 4 650 9.10 .25 .50 .88 .19 2.50 4.00 4.94 .50 .47

5/16 x 2-1/4 1,200 12.50 .31 .62 1.12 .25 1.50 2.25 3.50 .69 .56

5/16 x 4-1/4 1,200 18.80 .31 .62 1.12 .25 2.50 4.25 5.50 .69 .56

3/8 x 2-1/2 1,550 21.40 .38 .75 1.38 .31 1.50 2.50 3.97 .78 .66

3/8 x 4-1/2 1,550 25.30 .38 .75 1.38 .31 2.50 4.50 5.97 .78 .66

1/2 x 3-1/4 2,600 42.60 .50 1.00 1.75 .38 1.50 3.25 5.12 1.00 .91

1/2 x 6 2,600 56.80 .50 1.00 1.75 .38 3.00 6.00 7.88 1.00 .91

5/8 x 4 5,200 68.60 .62 1.25 2.25 .50 2.00 4.00 6.44 1.31 1.12

5/8 x 6 5,200 102.40 .62 1.25 2.25 .50 3.00 6.00 8.44 1.31 1.12

3/4 x 4-1/2 7,200 144.50 .75 1.50 2.75 .62 2.00 4.50 7.44 1.56 1.38

3/4 x 6 7,200 167.50 .75 1.50 2.75 .62 3.00 6.00 8.94 1.56 1.38

7/8 x 5 10,600 225.00 .88 1.75 3.25 .75 2.50 5.00 8.46 1.84 1.56

1 x 6 13,300 366.30 1.00 2.00 3.75 .88 3.00 6.00 9.97 2.09 1.81

1 x 9 13,300 422.50 1.00 2.00 3.75 .88 4.00 9.00 12.97 2.09 1.81

1-1/4 x 8 21,000 650.00 1.25 2.50 4.50 1.00 4.00 8.00 12.72 2.47 2.28

1-1/4 x 12 21,000 795.00 1.25 2.50 4.50 1.00 4.00 12.00 16.72 2.47 2.28

1-1/2 x 15 24,000 1,425.00 1.50 3.00 5.50 1.25 6.00 15.00 20.75 3.00 2.75

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)

* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Maximum Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit.

G-277 SHOULDER NUT EYE BOLTS

150

RIG

GIN

G H

AR

DW

AR

EForged Machinery Eye Bol ts

• Forged Steel – Quenched & Tempered.• Working Load Limits shown are for in-line pull.• Fatigue rated at 1-1/2 times the Working Load Limit at 20,000

cycles.• Meets or exceeds all the requirements of ASME B30.26

including identification, ductility, design factor, proof load andtemperature requirements. Meets other critical performancerequirements including fatigue life, impact properties andmaterial traceability, not addressed by ASME B30.26.

• Recommended for in-line pull.• S-279 threaded UNC.• M-279 metric threaded.

S-279 UNC

M-279 METRIC

SIZE(INCHES)


WEIGHTPER 100(LBS.)

A**THREAD B C D E F G H

1/4 x 1 650 5.00 1/4 – 20 1.02 1.13 .75 2.29 .19 .53 .70

5/16 x 1-1/8 1,200 9.00 5/16 – 18 1.15 1.38 .88 2.74 .25 .59 .90

3/8 x 1-1/4 1,550 15.00 3/8 – 16 1.27 1.62 1.00 3.07 .31 .69 1.00

1/2 x 1-1/2 2,600 28.00 1/2 – 13 1.53 1.95 1.19 3.70 .38 .91 1.20

5/8 x 1-3/4 5,200 55.00 5/8 – 11 1.79 2.38 1.38 4.45 .50 1.13 1.47

3/4 x 2 7,200 96.00 3/4 – 10 2.05 2.76 1.50 5.07 .63 1.38 1.64

7/8 x 2-1/4 10,600 154.00 7/8 – 9 2.31 3.25 1.75 5.87 .75 1.56 1.94

1 x 2-1/2 13,300 238.00 1 – 8 2.57 3.76 2.00 6.66 .88 1.81 2.21

1-1/4 x 3 21,000 399.00 1-1/4 – 7 3.09 4.50 2.50 7.95 1.00 2.28 2.61

1-1/2 x 3-1/2 24,000 720.00 1-1/2 – 6 3.60 5.50 3.00 9.49 1.25 2.75 3.14

SIZEWORKINGLOAD LIMIT(KG.)*

WEIGHTEACH(KG.)

A**THREAD B C D E F G

M6 x 1.0 200 .03 M6 x 1.0 13.0 28.7 19.1 58.0 4.9 13.5

M8 x 1.25 400 .05 M8 x 1.25 13.0 35.1 22.4 59.7 6.4 15.0

M10 x 1.5 640 .08 M10 x 1.5 17.0 41.1 25.4 78.0 7.9 17.5

M12 x 1.75 1,000 .18 M12 x 1.75 20.5 49.5 30.2 94.0 9.7 23.1

M16 x 2.0 1,800 .40 M16 x 2.0 27.0 60.5 35.1 113 12.7 28.7

M20 x 2.5 2,500 .90 M20 x 2.5 30.0 70.0 38.1 129 16.0 35.1

M24 x 3.0 4,000 .95 M24 x 3.0 36.0 95.5 51.0 169 22.4 46.0

M30 x 3.5 6,000 1.6 M30 x 3.5 45.0 114 63.5 202 25.4 58.0

M36 x 4.0 8,500 2.7 M36 x 4.0 54.0 140 76.0 241 31.8 70.0

DIMENSIONS (INCHES)

DIMENSIONS (MM)

S-279, M-279 FORGED EYE BOLTS

* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Maximum Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit.** On Request: Speacial threading, as forged bolts for customer conversion.

151

RIGGING H

ARDWARE

Turnbuckles

• Turnbuckle assembly combinations include: Eye and Eye, Hook and Hook, Hook and Eye,Jaw and Jaw, Jaw and Eye.

• End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing.• Crosby's Quenched and Tempered end fittings and normalized bodies have enhanced

impact properties for greater toughness at all temperatures.• Hot Dip galvanized.• Hooks are forged with a greater cross sectional area that results in a stronger hook with

better fatigue properties.• Modified UNJ thread on end fittings for improved fatigue properties. Body has UNC

threads.• Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in

system and minimize stress in the eye. For turnbuckle sizes 1/4" through 2-1/2 ", ashackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye.

• Forged jaw ends are fitted with bolts and nuts on sizes 1/4" through 5/8", and pins andcotters on sizes 3/4" through 2-3/4".

• TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.• Lock Nuts available for all sizes.• Typical hardness levels, Tensile Strengths and Ductility Properties are available for all

sizes.• Turnbuckles can be furnished proof tested or magnaflux inspected with certificates if

requested at time of order.• Crosby products meet or exceed all the requirements of ASME B30.26 including

identification, ductility, design factor, proof load and temperature requirements.Importantly, Crosby products meet other critical performance requirements includingfatigue life, impact properties and material traceability, not addressed by ASME B30.26.

CROSBY TURNBUCKLES

HG-223 Hook &Hook

HG-225 Hook &Eye

HG-226 Eye & Eye HG-227 Jaw & Eye HG-228 Jaw & Jaw

Meets the performancerequirements of FederalSpecifications FF-T791b,Type 1, Form 1 - Class5, and ASTM F-1145,except for thoseprovisions required ofthe contractor.





Modified thread: Notestress relieving radii in thisunretouched photoenlargement of thesupabuckle.

Standard thread: Notestress building sharp V inthis unretouched photoenlargement.

152

RIGG

ING

HAR

DWAR

ETurnbuckles

• End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing.• Hot Dip galvanized steel.• Hooks are forged with a greater cross sectional area that results in a stronger hook with

better fatigue properties.• Crosby products meet or exceed all requirements of ASME B30.26 including identification,

ductility, design factor, proof load and temperature requirements. Importantly, Crosbyproducts meet other critical performance requirements including fatigue life, impactproperties and material traceability, not addressed by ASME B30.26.

• TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.• Modified UNJ thread on end fittings for improved fatigue properties.• Body has UNC threads.• Fatigue Rated.

HG-223 Hook & Hook

Meets the performancerequirements of FederalSpecifications FF-T791b, Type1, Form 1 - Class 5, and ASTMF-1145, except for thoseprovisions required of thecontractor.

HG-223 HOOK & HOOK TURNBUCKLES

THREADDIA. &TAKE UP(IN.)

HG-223STOCKNO.


WEIGHTEACH(LBS.)

DIMENSIONS (IN.)A D E

CLOSEDF J

OPENKCLOSED

MOPEN

NCLOSED

BB

1/4 x 4 1030011 400 .30 .25 .45 1.59 1.27 11.12 7.12 11.94 7.94 4.00

5/16 x 4-1/2 1030039 700 .47 .31 .50 1.94 1.50 12.81 8.31 13.81 9.31 4.50

3/8 x 6 1030057 1,000 .78 .38 .56 2.30 1.77 16.50 10.50 17.72 11.72 6.00

1/2 x 6 1030075 1,500 1.60 .50 .66 2.94 2.28 18.82 11.82 20.38 13.38 6.00

1/2 x 12 1030119 1,500 2.28 .50 .66 2.94 2.28 30.82 17.82 32.38 19.38 12.00

5/8 x 6 1030137 2,250 2.75 .63 .90 3.69 2.81 20.50 13.25 22.50 15.25 6.00

5/8 x 12 1030173 2,250 3.50 .63 .90 3.69 2.81 32.50 19.25 34.50 21.25 12.00

3/4 x 6 1030191 3,000 3.89 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 22.38 14.88 24.78 17.28 6.00

3/4 x 12 1030235 3,000 5.43 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 34.38 20.88 36.78 23.28 12.00

3/4 x 18 1030253 3,000 8.12 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 46.38 26.88 48.78 29.28 18.00

7/8 x 12 1030271 4,000 8.10 .88 1.13 5.19 3.78 36.00 22.25 38.75 25.00 12.00

1 x 12 1030333 5,000 11.93 1.00 1.25 5.84 4.25 37.63 23.63 40.69 26.69 12.00

HG-223 HOOK & HOOK

* Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is five times the Working Load Limit.Mechanical Galvanized.

153

RIGGING H

ARDWARE

Turnbuckles

• End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing.• Hot Dip galvanized steel.• Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in system

and minimize stress in the eye. For tunbuckle sizes 1/4" through 2-1/2", a shackle onesize smaller can be reeved through eye.

• Turnbuckle hooks are forged with a greater cross sectional area that results in a strongerhook with better fatigue properties.

• Crosby products meet or exceed all requirements of ASME B30.26 including identification,ductility, design factor, proof load and temperature requirements. Importantly, Crosbyproducts meet other critical performance requirements including fatigue life, impactproperties and material traceability, not addressed by ASME B30.26.

• TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.• Modified UNJ thread on end fittings for improved fatigue properties.• Body has UNC threads.• Fatigue Rated.

HG-225 HOOK AND EYE TURNBUCKLES

HG-225 Hook & Eye

Meets the performancerequirements of FederalSpecifications FF-T791b, Type1, Form 1 - Class 6, andASTM F-1145, except forthose provisions required ofthe contractor.


HG-225STOCKNO.


WEIGHTEACH(LBS.)

DIMENSION (IN.)A D E

CLOSEDF J

OPENKCLOSED

MOPEN

NCLOSED

R S XCLOSED

BB

1/4 x 4 1030636 400 .29 .25 .45 1.59 1.27 11.46 7.46 12.09 8.09 .78 .34 1.75 4.00

5/16 x 4-1/2 1030654 700 .49 .31 .50 1.94 1.50 13.19 8.69 13.47 9.47 .94 .44 2.09 4.50

3/8 x 6 1030672 1,000 .78 .38 .56 2.30 1.77 16.98 10.98 17.94 11.94 1.12 .53 2.52 6.00

1/2 x 6 1030690 1,500 1.61 .50 .66 2.94 2.28 19.45 12.45 20.67 13.67 1.44 .72 3.23 6.00

1/2 x 12 1030734 1,500 2.26 .50 .66 2.94 2.28 31.45 18.45 32.67 19.67 1.44 .72 3.23 12.00

5/8 x 6 1030752 2,250 2.70 .63 .90 3.69 2.81 21.96 13.96 22.72 15.47 1.75 .88 3.90 6.00

5/8 x 12 1030798 2,250 3.78 .63 .90 3.69 2.81 33.21 19.96 34.72 21.47 1.75 .88 3.90 12.00

3/4 x 6 1030814 3,000 3.89 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 23.13 15.63 24.95 17.45 2.09 1.00 4.69 6.00

3/4 x 12 1030850 3,000 5.83 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 35.13 21.63 36.95 23.45 2.09 1.00 4.69 12.00

3/4 x 18 1030878 3,000 6.33 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 47.13 27.63 48.95 29.45 2.09 1.00 4.69 18.00

7/8 x 12 1030896 4,000 8.10 .88 1.13 5.19 3.78 36.53 22.78 38.66 24.91 2.38 1.25 5.10 12.00

1 x 12 1030958 5,000 11.93 1.00 1.25 5.84 4.25 38.80 24.80 41.20 27.20 3.00 1.44 6.36 12.00

HG-225 HOOK & EYE

* Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is five times the Working Load Limit.Mechanical Galvanized.

154

RIGG

ING

HAR

DWAR

E

HG-226 EYE & EYE

Turnbuckles

• End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing.• Hot Dip galvanized steel.• Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in system

and minimize stress in the eye. For turnbuckle sizes 1/4" through 2-1/2", a shackle onesize smaller can be reeved through eye.

• Modified UNJ thread on end fittings for improved fatigue properties. Body has UNC threads.• Crosby products meet or exceed all requirements of ASME B30.26 including identification,

ductility, design factor, proof load and temperature requirements. Importantly, Crosbyproducts meet other critical performance requirements including fatigue life, impactproperties and materialtraceability, not addressedby ASME B30.26.

• TURNBUCKLESRECOMMENDED FORSTRAIGHT OR IN-LINEPULL ONLY.

• Fatigue Rated.

HG-226 Eye & Eye


HG-226 EYE AND EYE TURNBUCKLES

THREADDIAMETER& TAKE UP(IN.)

STOCK NO.GALV.

WORKINGLOAD LIMIT *(LBS.)

WEIGHTEACH(LBS.)

DIMENSIONS (IN.)A J

OPENKCLOSED

MOPEN

NCLOSED

R S XCLOSED

BB

1/4 x 4 1031252 500 .26 .25 11.80 7.80 12.25 8.25 .78 .34 1.75 4.00

5/16 x 4-1/2 1031270 800 .45 .31 13.56 9.06 14.12 9.62 .94 .44 2.09 4.50

3/8 x 6 1031298 1,200 .76 .38 17.47 11.47 18.16 12.16 1.12 .53 2.52 6.00

1/2 x 6 1031314 2,200 1.54 .50 20.08 13.08 20.96 13.96 1.44 .72 3.23 6.00

1/2 x 12 1031350 2,200 2.14 .50 32.08 19.08 32.96 19.96 1.44 .72 3.23 12.00

5/8 x 6 1031378 3,500 2.40 .63 21.93 14.68 22.93 15.68 1.75 .88 3.90 6.00

5/8 x 12 1031412 3,500 3.42 .63 33.93 20.68 34.93 21.68 1.75 .88 3.90 12.00

3/4 x 6 1031430 5,200 3.79 .75 23.88 16.38 25.12 17.62 2.09 1.00 4.69 6.00

3/4 x 12 1031476 5,200 5.48 .75 35.88 22.38 37.12 23.62 2.09 1.00 4.69 12.00

3/4 x 18 1031494 5,200 7.19 .75 47.88 28.38 49.12 29.62 2.09 1.00 4.69 18.00

7/8 x 12 1031519 7,200 7.22 .88 37.07 23.32 38.57 24.82 2.38 1.25 5.10 12.00

7/8 x 18 1031537 7,200 9.95 .88 49.07 29.32 50.57 30.82 2.38 1.25 5.10 18.00

1 x 6 1031555 10,000 9.04 1.00 27.97 19.97 29.72 21.72 3.00 1.44 6.36 6.00

1 x 12 1031573 10,000 11.50 1.00 39.97 25.97 41.97 27.72 3.00 1.44 6.36 12.00

1 x 18 1031591 10,000 14.00 1.00 51.97 31.97 53.72 33.72 3.00 1.44 6.36 18.00

1 x 24 1031617 10,000 17.25 1.00 63.97 37.97 65.72 39.72 3.00 1.44 6.36 24.00

1-1/4 x 12 1031635 15,200 19.00 1.25 42.81 28.31 45.06 30.56 3.56 1.81 7.72 12.00

1-1/4 x 18 1031653 15,200 23.00 1.25 54.81 34.31 57.06 36.56 3.56 1.81 7.72 18.00

1-1/4 x 24 1031671 15,200 27.00 1.25 66.81 40.31 69.06 42.56 3.56 1.81 7.72 24.00

1-1/2 x 12 1031699 21,400 27.50 1.50 45.50 30.50 48.00 33.00 4.06 2.12 8.62 12.00

1-1/2 x 18 1031715 21,400 31.00 1.50 57.50 36.50 60.00 39.00 4.06 2.12 8.62 18.00

1-1/2 x 24 1031733 21,400 37.50 1.50 69.50 42.50 72.00 45.00 4.06 2.12 8.62 24.00

1-3/4 x 18 1031779 28,000 52.50 1.75 57.38 39.38 60.38 42.38 4.62 2.38 10.00 18.00

1-3/4 x 24 1031797 28,000 58.00 1.75 69.38 45.38 72.38 48.38 4.62 2.38 10.00 24.00

2 x 24 1031813 37,000 85.25 2.00 75.69 51.69 79.19 55.19 5.75 2.69 13.09 24.00

2-1/2 x 24 1031831 60,000 144.25 2.50 78.62 54.62 82.62 58.62 6.50 3.12 13.78 24.00

2-3/4 x 24 1031859 75,000 194.00 2.75 81.00 57.00 85.50 61.50 7.00 3.25 15.22 24.00

* Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.Mechanical Galvanized.

155

RIGGING H

ARDWARE

Turnbuckles

• End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing.• Hot Dip galvanized steel.• Turnbuckles eyes are forged and elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in

system and minimize stress in the eye. For turnbuckles size 1/4" through 2-1/2", a shackleone size smaller can be reeved through eye.

• Forged jaw ends are fitted with bolts and nuts for 1/4" through 5/8", and pins and cotterson 3/4" through 2-3/4" sizes.

• Modified UNJ thread on end fittings for improved fatigue properties.• Body has UNC threads.• Crosby products meet or exceed all the requirements of ASME B30.26 including identification,

ductility, design factor, proof load and temperature requirements. Importantly, Crosby productsmeet other critical performance requirements including fatigue life, impact properties and materialtraceability, not addressed by ASME B30.26.

• TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FORSTRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.

• Fatigue Rated.

HG-227 JAW AND EYE TURNBUCKLES

HG-227 Jaw & Eye



HG-227STOCKNO.

WORKINGLOADLIMIT(LBS.*)*

WEIGHTEACH(LBS.)

DIMENSIONS (IN.)A B E

CLOSED G J

OPENKCLOSED

MOPEN

NCLOSED

R S XCLOSED

BB

1/4 x 4 1031877 500 .30 .25 .45 1.58 .62 11.35 7.35 12.07 8.07 .78 .34 1.75 4.005/16 x 4-1/2 1031895 800 .50 .31 .50 1.98 .87 13.71 8.71 14.01 9.51 .94 .44 2.09 4.503/8 x 6 1031911 1,200 .80 .38 .54 2.12 .87 16.81 10.81 17.77 11.77 1.12 .53 2.52 6.001/2 x 6 1031939 2,200 1.51 .50 .55 2.75 1.06 19.29 12.29 20.48 13.48 1.44 .72 3.23 6.001/2 x 9 1031957 2,200 1.71 .50 .55 2.75 1.06 25.29 15.29 26.48 16.48 1.44 .72 3.23 9.001/2 x 12 1031975 2,200 2.08 .50 .55 2.75 1.06 31.29 18.29 32.48 19.48 1.44 .72 3.23 12.005/8 x 6 1031993 3,500 2.35 .63 .82 3.50 1.31 20.99 13.74 22.53 15.28 1.75 .88 3.90 6.005/8 x 9 1032019 3,500 3.17 .63 .82 3.50 1.31 26.99 16.74 28.53 18.28 1.75 .88 3.90 9.005/8 x 12 1032037 3,500 3.61 .63 .82 3.50 1.31 32.99 19.74 34.53 21.28 1.75 .88 3.90 12.003/4 x 6 1032055 5,200 4.00 .75 1.03 4.18 1.50 22.69 15.19 24.61 17.11 2.09 1.00 4.69 6.003/4 x 9 1032073 5,200 4.75 .75 1.03 4.18 1.50 28.69 18.19 30.61 20.11 2.09 1.00 4.69 9.003/4 x 12 1032091 5,200 5.93 .75 1.03 4.18 1.50 34.69 21.19 36.61 23.11 2.09 1.00 4.69 12.003/4 x 18 1032117 5,200 7.00 .75 1.03 4.18 1.50 46.69 27.19 48.61 29.11 2.09 1.00 4.69 18.007/8 x 12 1032135 7,200 8.36 .88 1.23 4.85 1.75 36.09 22.34 38.32 24.57 2.38 1.25 5.10 12.007/8 x 18 1032153 7,200 9.75 .88 1.23 4.85 1.75 48.09 28.34 50.32 30.57 2.38 1.25 5.10 18.001 x 6 1032171 10,000 8.92 1.00 1.31 5.53 2.06 26.34 18.34 28.89 20.89 3.00 1.44 6.36 6.001 x 12 1032199 10,000 11.20 1.00 1.31 5.53 2.06 38.34 24.34 40.89 26.89 3.00 1.44 6.36 12.001 x 18 1032215 10,000 13.30 1.00 1.31 5.53 2.06 50.34 30.34 52.89 32.89 3.00 1.44 6.36 18.001 x 24 1032233 10,000 17.00 1.00 1.31 5.53 2.06 62.34 36.34 64.89 38.89 3.00 1.44 6.36 24.001-1/4 x 12 1032251 15,200 19.42 1.25 1.86 7.21 2.81 41.32 26.82 44.55 30.05 3.56 1.81 7.72 12.001-1/4 x 18 1032279 15,200 24.18 1.25 1.86 7.21 2.81 53.32 32.82 56.05 36.05 3.56 1.81 7.72 18.001-1/4 x 24 1032297 15,200 28.50 1.25 1.86 7.21 2.81 65.32 38.82 68.55 42.05 3.56 1.81 7.72 24.001-1/2 x 12 1032313 21,400 28.99 1.50 2.25 7.88 2.81 43.50 28.50 47.25 32.25 4.06 2.12 8.62 12.001-1/2 x 18 1032331 21,400 35.00 1.50 2.25 7.88 2.81 55.50 34.50 59.25 38.25 4.06 2.12 8.62 18.001-1/2 x 24 1032359 21,400 39.18 1.50 2.25 7.88 2.81 67.50 40.50 71.25 44.25 4.06 2.12 8.62 24.001-3/4 x 18 1032395 28,000 53.75 1.75 2.60 9.40 3.38 55.38 37.38 59.78 41.78 4.62 2.38 10.00 18.001-3/4 x 24 1032411 28,000 60.68 1.75 2.60 9.40 3.38 67.38 43.38 71.78 47.78 4.62 2.38 10.00 24.002 x 24 1032439 37,000 89.00 2.00 2.62 11.86 3.69 72.62 48.62 77.95 53.95 5.75 2.69 13.09 24.002-1/2 x 24 1032457 60,000 150.00 2.50 3.06 13.56 4.44 75.80 51.80 82.40 58.40 6.50 3.12 13.78 24.002-3/4 x 24 1032475 75,000 183.00 2.75 3.68 15.22 4.19 77.88 53.88 85.50 61.50 7.00 3.25 15.22 24.00

HG-227 JAW & EYE


156

RIGG

ING

HAR

DWAR

ETurnbuckles

• End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing.• Hot Dip galvanized steel.• TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.• Forged jaw ends are fitted with bolts and nuts for 1/4" through 5/8", and pins and cotters

on 3/4" through 2-3/4" sizes.• Modified UNJ thread on end fittings for improved fatigue properties.• Body has UNC threads.• Crosby products meet or exceed all the requirements of ASME B30.26 including

identification, ductility, design factor, proof load and temperature requirements. Importantly,Crosby products meet othercritical performancerequirements including fatiguelife, impact properties andmaterial traceability, notaddressed by ASME B30.26.

• Fatigue Rated.

HG-228 Jaw & Jaw


HG-228 JAW AND JAW TURNBUCKLES

HG-228 JAW & JAW



HG-228STOCKNO.


WEIGHTEACH(LBS.)

DIMENSIONS (IN.)A B E

CLOSED G J

OPENKCLOSED

MOPEN

NCLOSED

BB

1/4 x 4 1032493 500 .36 .25 .45 1.58 .62 10.90 6.90 11.90 7.90 4.00

5/16 x 4-1/2 1032518 800 .52 .31 .50 1.98 .87 12.36 8.36 13.90 9.40 4.50

3/8 x 6 1032536 1,200 .81 .38 .54 2.12 .87 16.14 10.14 17.38 11.38 6.00

1/2 x 6 1032554 2,200 1.56 .50 .55 2.75 1.06 18.50 11.50 20.00 13.00 6.00

1/2 x 9 1032572 2,200 1.74 .50 .55 2.75 1.06 24.50 14.50 26.00 16.00 9.00

1/2 x 12 1032590 2,200 2.40 .50 .55 2.75 1.06 30.50 17.50 32.00 19.00 12.00

5/8 x 6 1032616 3,500 2.72 .63 .82 3.50 1.31 20.05 12.80 22.13 14.88 6.00

5/8 x 9 1032634 3,500 3.43 .63 .82 3.50 1.31 26.05 15.80 28.13 17.88 9.00

5/8 x 12 1032652 3,500 3.91 .63 .82 3.50 1.31 32.05 18.80 34.13 20.88 12.00

3/4 x 6 1032670 5,200 4.11 .75 1.03 4.18 1.50 21.50 14.00 24.10 16.60 6.00

3/4 x 9 1032698 5,200 5.46 .75 1.03 4.18 1.50 27.50 17.00 30.10 19.60 9.00

3/4 x 12 1032714 5,200 6.56 .75 1.03 4.18 1.50 33.50 20.00 36.10 22.60 12.00

3/4 x 18 1032732 5,200 8.03 .75 1.03 4.18 1.50 45.50 26.00 48.10 28.60 18.00

7/8 x 12 1032750 7,200 8.17 .88 1.23 4.85 1.75 35.11 21.36 38.07 24.32 12.00

7/8 x 18 1032778 7,200 10.78 .88 1.23 4.85 1.75 47.11 27.36 50.07 30.32 18.00

1 x 6 1032796 10,000 10.18 1.00 1.31 5.53 2.06 24.72 16.72 28.06 20.06 6.00

1 x 12 1032812 10,000 13.14 1.00 1.31 5.53 2.06 36.72 22.72 40.06 26.06 12.00

1 x 18 1032830 10,000 15.14 1.00 1.31 5.53 2.06 48.72 28.72 52.06 32.06 18.00

1 x 24 1032858 10,000 18.08 1.00 1.31 5.53 2.06 60.72 34.72 64.06 38.06 24.00

1-1/4 x 12 1032876 15,200 20.59 1.25 1.86 7.21 2.81 39.84 25.34 44.04 29.54 12.00

1-1/4 x 18 1032894 15,200 24.68 1.25 1.86 7.21 2.81 51.84 31.34 56.04 35.54 18.00

1-1/4 x 24 1032910 15,200 28.20 1.25 1.86 7.21 2.81 63.84 37.34 68.04 41.54 24.00

1-1/2 x 12 1032938 21,400 30.69 1.50 2.25 7.88 2.81 41.50 26.50 46.50 31.50 12.00

1-1/2 x 18 1032956 21,400 36.75 1.50 2.25 7.88 2.81 53.50 32.50 58.50 37.50 18.00

1-1/2 x 24 1032974 21,400 41.60 1.50 2.25 7.88 2.81 65.50 38.50 70.50 43.50 24.00

1-3/4 x 18 1033018 28,000 54.00 1.75 2.60 9.40 3.38 53.38 35.38 59.18 41.18 18.00

1-3/4 x 24 1033036 28,000 63.36 1.75 2.60 9.40 3.38 65.38 41.38 71.18 47.18 24.00

2 x 24 1033054 37,000 94.25 2.00 2.62 11.86 3.69 69.54 45.54 76.72 52.72 24.00

2-1/2 x 24 1033072 60,000 165.00 2.50 3.06 13.56 4.44 72.98 48.98 82.18 58.18 24.00

2-3/4 x 24 1033090 75,000 198.00 2.75 3.68 15.22 4.19 74.75 50.75 85.50 61.50 24.00

157

RIGGING H

ARDWARE

Snatch Blocks

NEW IMPROVED LIGHTCHAMPION

• Forged alloy heat treated hooks.• Forged steel swivel tees, yokes and

shackles.• Hook and shackle assemblies on 4-1/2"

through 14" sizes can be interchanged.• Can be furnished with bronze bushings or

roller bearings.• Opening feature permits insertion of rope

while block is suspended from gin-pole.• 3" thru 18" 418 and 419 blocks have

exclusive bolt retaining spring to assureno lost bolts.

• Can be furnished with SS-4055 hooklatch.

• Pressure lube fittings.• Fatigue rated.• 3" - 10" feature dual-rated wireline

sheaves

MCKISSICK 418, 419, AND 404 SNATCH BLOCKS

418 With Hook 419 With Shackle 404 Tail Board

SHEAVEDIAMETER(IN.)

BEARINGCODE

STOCK NO.WIREROPESIZE(IN)††


WEIGHT EACH (LBS.)REP.SHEAVESTOCK NO.

REP.LATCHSTOCK NO.

418WITHHOOK

419WITHSHACKLE

404TAILBOARD

418WITHHOOK

419WITHSHACKLE

404TAILBOARD

** 3 BB — 109091 — 5/16 - 3/8 2 — 4 — 2023196 —

** 3 BB 108038 109037† 102016 5/16 - 3/8 2 5 4 3 2023196 1096421

**4-1/2 BB 108065 109064 102025 3/8 - 1/2 4 12 12 7 2023183 109646866

BBRB

108127108154

109126109153

102098102114 5/8 - 3/4

88

2727

2828

1515

20231372023143

10965621096562

88

BBRB

108225108252

109224109251

102169102187 5/8 - 3/4

88

3333

3434

2121

20231532023163

10965621096562

1010

BBRB

108323108350

109322109359

102230102258 5/8 - 3/4

88

4141

4242

2929

20231742023181

10965621096562

1212

BBRB

169169199911

202961169347

178890178934 5/8

88

4848

4949

3636

20232272023248

10965621096562

1212

BBRB

108421108458

109420109457

102301102329 3/4

88

4848

4949

3636

20232352023236

10965621096562

1414

BBRB

194920199948

169356167857

—— 5/8

88

5555

5656

——

20283772026445

10965621096562

1414

BBRB

108528108546

109527109545

—— 3/4

88

5555

5656

——

20283782026444

10965621096562

1616

BBRB

199975200008

203041203087

—— 3/4

1515

130130

135135

——

20236942023702

10966091096609

1616

BBRB

108608108626

109607109625

—— 7/8

1515

130130

135135

——

20236902023698

10966091096609

1818

BBRB

200099200151

203130203176

—— 7/8

1515

150150

155155

——

20237182023728

10966091096609

1818

BBRB

108644108662

109643109661

—— 1

1515

150150

155155

——

20237092023720

10966091096609

* Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit. ** Available in Bronze Bushed only. 3" and 4-1/2" have self lubricating Bronze Bushing. † Fitted with1-1/4" I D Swivel Eye. †† May be furnished in other wire rope sizes. NOTE: When ordering, please specify: size, block number, hook or shackle, bronzebushed or roller bearing, and wire rope size.

418, 419, AND 404 SNATCH BLOCKS

158

RIGG

ING

HAR

DWAR

ESnatch Blocks

CHAMPION

• Hooks and side plates are forged alloy steel and heat treated.• Shackles and yokes are forged and heat treated steel.• All parts are forged.• Side plates are designed to eliminate possibility of rope jamming.• Can be furnished with bronze bushings or sealed roller bearings.• Opening feature permits insertion of rope while block is suspended from gin-pole.• Can be furnished with S-4320 hook latch.• Pressure lube fittings.• Hook and shackle assemblies can be interchanged.• Blocks furnished with dual-rated wireline sheaves.• Fatigue Rated.



SHEAVEDIAMETER(IN.)

BEARINGCODE

STOCK NO. WIREROPESIZE †

(IN.)

WORKINGLOADLIMIT *(METRICTONS)

WEIGHT EACH (LBS.) REP.SHEAVESTOCKNO.

REP.LATCHSTOCKNO.

420WITHHOOK

421WITHSHACKLE

406TAILBOARD

420WITHHOOK

421WITHSHACKLE

406TAILBOARD

6 BB 169374 169481 167973 3/4 - 7/8 12 40 48 24 2023262 1096609

6 RB 169392 204120 167982 3/4 - 7/8 12 40 48 24 2023270 1096609

8 BB 169418 169515 167991 3/4 - 7/8 15 51 57 30 2023386 1096609

8 RB 169445 204193 168008 3/4 - 7/8 15 51 57 30 2023406 1096609

10 BB 110221 110720 103186 3/4 - 7/8 15 63 69 42 2023420 1096609

10 RB 110258 110757 103202 3/4 - 7/8 15 63 69 42 2023430 1096609

* Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.†May be furnished in other wire rope sizes.

159

RIGGING H

ARDWARE

Snatch Blocks

SUPER CHAMPION

• Drop forged, heat treated swivel hook orswivel shackle.

• Hook and shackle assemblies on 8"through 14" sizes can be interchanged.

• Can be furnished with bronze bushings orroller bearings.

• Pressure lube fittings.• 8" through 10" 430 and 431 blocks have

exclusive bolt retaining spring to assure nolost bolts.

• Can be furnished with hook latch.• 8" and 10" models furnished with dual

wireline sheaves.• Fatigue Rated.



SHEAVEDIAMETER(IN.)

BEARINGCODE

STOCK NO. WIREROPESIZE(IN.)†


WEIGHT EACH (LBS.) REP.SHEAVESTOCK NO.

REP.LATCHSTOCK NO.

430WITHHOOK

431WITHSHACKLE

407TAILBOARD

430WITHHOOK

431WITHSHACKLE

407TAILBOARD

8 BB 120023 121022 103523 1 - 1-1/8 20 75 87 42 2023463 1096657

8 RB 120041 121040 103541 1 - 1-1/8 20 75 87 42 2023818 1096657

10 BB 120096 121095 103603 1 - 1-1/8 20 89 101 55 2026861 1096657

10 RB 120112 121111 103621 1 - 1-1/8 20 89 101 55 2023526 1096657

12 BB 208536 169917 184375 1 20 103 115 70 2023556 1096657

12 RB 208554 209303 184393 1 20 103 115 70 2023563 1096657

12 BB 120176 121175 103685 1 - 1-1/8 20 103 115 70 2023552 1096657

12 RB 120194 121193 103701 1 - 1-1/8 20 103 115 70 4104944 1096657

14 BB 208572 209321 184419 1 20 123 135 90 2023571 1096657

14 RB 208590 170424 184437 1 20 123 135 90 2023583 1096657

14 BB 1201256 121255 103765 1 - 1-1/8 20 123 135 90 2023565 1096657

14 RB 120274 121273 103783 1 - 1-1/8 20 123 135 90 2023579 1096657

18 BB 208689 209410 184552 1 25 240 260 165 2023609 1090143

18 RB 208732 209465 184605 1 25 240 260 165 2023623 1090143

18 BB 119482 119561 119641 1 - 1-1/8 25 240 260 165 2023603 1090143

18 RB 119491 119570 119650 1 - 1-1/8 25 240 260 165 2023611 1090143

20 BB 208750 209483 184623 1 - 1-1/8 30 375 400 215 2023630 1090189

20 RB 208787 169864 184650 1 - 1-1/8 30 375 400 215 2023621 1090189

20 BB 119507 119589 119669 1 - 1-1/4 30 375 400 215 2023626 1090189

20 RB 119516 119598 119678 1 - 1-1/4 30 375 400 215 2023636 1090189

24 BB 208812 209526 184687 1 - 1-1/8 30 450 475 290 2023648 1090189

24 RB 208858 209553 184721 1 - 1-1/8 30 450 475 290 2023661 1090189

24 BB 119525 119605 119687 1 - 1-1/4 30 450 475 290 2023644 1090189

24 RB 119534 119614 119696 1 - 1-1/4 30 450 475 290 2023659 1090189

*Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.†May be furnished in other Wire Rope sizes.

160

RIGG

ING

HAR

DWAR

ESnatch Blocks

HAY FORK PULLEYS WITH SWIVELHOOK OR SWIVEL EYE

• Forged steel eyes and hooks.• Available Painted or Zinc Plated.• One piece pressed steel shells.• Edges well rounded to prevent chaffing of rope.• Can be furnished with SS-4055 hook latch.• Furnished with roller bearings.• Pressure lube fittings.

MCKISSICK SPECIAL APPLICATION BLOCKS

171 Tong Block

LAY DOWN BLOCKS• All steel construction, steel sheaves mounted on antifriction bearings, grooved for

maximum of 3/4" wire line.• Used to lay down drill pipe.• Hook made to fit into end of drill pipe, handy dead end becket for returning block – hooks

have handle for disengagement.

443 Lay Down Block

SHEAVEDIAMETER(IN.)

BLOCK NO.

HAY FORK PULLEYS STOCK NO. WORKINGLOAD LIMIT(TONS)*

STANDARDROPE SIZE(IN.)

ENDFITTING

WEIGHT EACH(LBS.)PAINTED ZINC PLATED

4-1/2 HF-1 170022 170594 1 1-1/4 MR Swivel Hook 6

4-1/2 HF-2 170086 170629 1 1-1/4 MR Swivel Eye 6

4-1/2 HF-3 170148 170656 1 1/2 WL Swivel Hook 6

4-1/2 HF-4 170200 170683 1 1/2 WL Swivel Eye 6

8 HF-5 170264 - 2 1/2 WL Swivel Eye 11

6 HF-11 170380 - 2 1-1/2 MR Swivel Hook 11

6 HF-12 170442 - 2 1-1/2 MR Swivel Eye 11

6 HF-13 170503 - 2 5/8 WL Swivel Hook 11

6 HF-14 170567 - 2 5/8 WL Swivel Eye 11

*Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit. Rope Code: MR - Manila Rope, WL - Wire Line.

SHEAVEDIAMETER(IN.)

BLOCK NO.

171STOCKNO.


WIREROPESIZE(IN.)

WEIGHTEACH(LBS.) CONNECTION

6 TB-1 171012 1/2 3/4 11 Swivel Eye

8 TB-1 171058 1 3/4 12 Swivel Eye

10 TB-1 171101 2-1/2 3/4 30 Swivel Eye

12 TB-1 171156 2-1/2 3/4 35 Swivel Eye

*Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.

TONG BLOCKS• Steel sheaves with roller bearings and pressure lubrication.• Forged steel eyes and hooks.• East opening feature shown available in 8" size only.

SHEAVEDIAMETER(IN.)

BLOCKNO.

443STOCK NO.

WORKING LOAD LIMIT(TONS)*

WIRE ROPESIZE(IN.)

WEIGHT EACH(LBS.)

TYPE BLOCK

4-1/2 443 171414 1/4 1/2 12 Regular

6 443 171432 1/2 3/4 17 Regular

HF-1 HF-2


161

RIGGING H

ARDWARE

Snatch Blocks

M-491 TOWER / DERRICK HOIST BLOCKS

New design provides the dependability of standard McKissick® snatch blocks, along withfeatures that make it perfect for the challenging needs of Tugger Hoist and Tower Erectionapplications.• A wide variety of configurations:• 4, 8, 12 or 15-metric-ton capacity.• 3/8", 7/16", 1/2", 9/16", 5/8", 7/8" and 1" wire line sizes.• Painted or Galvanized finish.• 8" and 10" blocks furnished with dual rated wireline sheaves.• Forged steel swivels, tees, yokes and shackles are Quenched and Tempered.• Sheave lubrication through center pin for easy maintenance.• Design factor of 4 to 1.• All blocks 14" and larger are furnished with McKissick® Roll Forged™ sheaves with flame

hardened grooves.• Recessed sideplate design reduces the gap between the sheave rim and the side plate,

allowing the sheave assembly to be captured in the block if loss of center pin occurs.• Sealed tapered roller bearings extend the life of the center pin and bearings, and allows

for faster line speeds than recommended with standard snatch blocks.• Suitable for hoisting personnel, contingent upon all employees, including the winch

operator, being trained to follow any applicable Federal, local and industry standards.• Tugger/Derrick applications: API RP54.• Tower applications: OSHA directive CPL 2-1.36.• Holes through side plates are available for secondary block securement device.• Manufactured by an API Q1 Certified facility.

MCKISSICK OILFIELD SERVICING BLOCKS

M-491 Tower/DerrickHoist Block

WORKINGLOAD LIMIT(T)*

SHEAVEDIAMETER(IN.)

WIRE ROPESIZE(IN.)

M-491 SSTOCK NO.PAINTED

M-491 GSTOCK NO.GALVANIZED

WEIGHTEACH(LBS.)

4 8 3/8 - 1/2 2020161 2020170 35

8 10 3/8 - 1/2 2020806 2020815 55

8 10 1/2 - 9/16 2020824 2020833 55

12 10 1/2 - 9/16 2021118 2021127 55

12 14 5/8 2021136 2021145 95

12 14 3/4 2021154 2021163 95

15 16 7/8 2021172 2021181 150

15 16 1 2021190 2021199 150


IND

EXIndex

Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62-71

Chain Sling Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62

Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63-65

Grab Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66-67

Sling Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68

Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69-71

Load Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101-107

Load Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101,104-105

Load Restraints – Load Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . .102-103

Load Restraints – Tiedown Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . .106

Load Restraints – Flatbed Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107

Rigging Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116-161

Forged Wire Rope Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116-117

Wedge Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

Spelter Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119-120

Open Swage Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121

Closed Swage Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122

Round Pin Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123

Screw Pin Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124

Alloy Screw Pin Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125

Bolt-Type Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126-127

Alloy Bolt-Type Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128

COLD TUFF Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129-130

Wide Body Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131

Alloy Master Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132-133

COLD TUFF Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134

Pear Shaped Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135-136

Swivels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137

Forged Swivels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138-139

Hoist Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140

SHUR-LOC Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141

Swivel Hooks & SHUR-LOC Swivel Hooks . . . . . .142-143

Pipe Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144

UNC Swivel Hoist Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145

Heavy Lift Swivel Hoist Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146-147

Forged Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148-149

Forged Machinery Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150

Turnbuckles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151-156

Snatch Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157-161

Round Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88-93

Round Sling Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88-89

Round Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90-93

Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108-115

Truck and SUV Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108-114

Tractor, Equipment & Off Road Vehicle Tire Chains . . .115

Utility Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96-100

Ultrex Plus Double Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96

Maxibraid Plus Double Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97

Double Esterlon Double Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98

Maxibraid Single Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99

Ultrex Single Braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100

Web Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72-87

Web Sling Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72-73

Web Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74-83, 85-87

How to Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84

Wire Mesh Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94-95

Wire Rope General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11

General Cautions and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

Wire Rope ID and Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5

Handling and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7

Installation, Operation, and Maintenance . . . . . . . . .8-11

Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-23


General Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-16, 20-23

Rotation Resistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-19

Wire Rope Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-29


Wire Rope Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24-29

Wire Rope Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-61

Wire Rope Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30-39, 42-61

Cable Laid Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40-41

Weights and MeasurementsW

EIGHTS AN

DM

EASUREMEN

TS

LINEAR MEASURE

10 millimeters = 1 centimeter10 centimeters = 1 decimeter10 decimeters = 1 meter10 meters = 1 dekameter10 dekameters = 1 hectometer10 hectometers = 1 kilometer

AREA MEASURE

100 sq. millimeters = 1 sq. centimeter10,000 sq. centimeters = 1 sq. meter1,000,000 sq. millimeters = 1 sq. meter100 sq. meters = 1 are (a)100 ares = 1 hectare (ha)100 hectares = 1 sq. kilometer1,000,000 sq. meters = 1 sq. kilometer

VOLUME MEASURE

1 liter = 0.001 cubic meter10 milliliters = 1 centiliter10 centiliters = 1 deciliter10 deciliters = 1 liter10 liters = 1 dekaliter10 dekaliters = 1 hectoliter10 hectoliters = 1 kiloliter

WEIGHT

10 milligrams = 1 centigram10 centigrams = 1 decigram10 decigrams = 1 gram10 grams = 1 dekagram10 dekagrams = 1 hectogram10 hectograms = 1 kilogram1,000 kilograms = 1 metric ton

METRIC SYSTEM US CUSTOMARY SYSTEMLINEAR MEASURE

12 inches = 1 foot3 feet = 1 yard5-1/2 yards = 1 rod40 rods = 1 furlong8 furlongs = 1 mile3 miles = 1 league

AREA MEASURE

144 sq. inches = 1 sq. foot9 sq. feet = 1 sq. yard30-1/4 sq. yards = 1 sq. rod160 sq. rods = 1 acre640 acres = 1 sq. mile1 sq. mile = 1 section36 sections = 1 township

LIQUID MEASURE

4 gills (2 cups) = 1 pint2 pints = 1 quart4 quarts = 1 gallon

DRY MEASURE

2 pints = 1 quart8 quarts = 1 peck4 pecks = 1 bushel

WEIGHT

27-11/32 grains = 1 dram16 drams = 1 ounce16 ounces = 1 pound100 pounds = 1 hundredweight20 hundredweight = 1 ton

US CUSTOMARY SYSTEM CONVERSIONS TO METRIC SYSTEMLINEAR MEASURE

Inch = 2.54 centimeters Centimeter = 0.39 inchesFoot = 30.48 centimeters Meter = 3.28 feetYard = 0.91 meters Meter = 1.09 yardsMile = 1.61 kilometers Kilometer = 0.62 miles

WEIGHT

Ounce = 28.35 grams Gram = 0.035 ouncesPound = 0.45 kilograms Kilogram = 2.21 poundsUK Ton (2240 pounds) = 1.02 metric tons Metric ton (1000 kg.) = 0.98 UK tonsUS Ton (2000 pounds) = 0.91 metric tons Metric ton (1000 kg.) = 1.10 US tons

2010CA

LEN

DAR

S M T W TH F SA1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

17 18 19 20 21 22 23

24 25 26 27 28 29 30

31

JANUARY

S M T W TH F SA1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20

21 22 23 24 25 26 27

28

S M T W TH F SA1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20

21 22 23 24 25 26 27

28 29 30 31

S M T W TH F SA1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16 17

18 19 20 21 22 23 24

25 26 27 28 29 30

S M T W TH F SA1

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19 20 21 22

23 24 25 26 27 28 29

30 31

S M T W TH F SA1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 19

20 21 22 23 24 25 26

27 28 29 30


4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16 17

18 19 20 21 22 23 24

25 26 27 28 29 30 31

S M T W TH F SA1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16 17 18 19 20 21

22 23 24 25 26 27 28

29 30 31

S M T W TH F SA1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18

19 20 21 22 23 24 25

26 27 28 29 30

S M T W TH F SA1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

17 18 19 20 21 22 23

24 25 26 27 28 29 30

31

S M T W TH F SA1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20

21 22 23 24 25 26 27

28 29 30


5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18

19 20 21 22 23 24 25

26 27 28 29 30 31

FEBRUARY

MARCH APRIL

MAY JUNE

JULY AUGUST

SEPTEMBER OCTOBER

NOVEMBER DECEMBER

2011CALEN

DAR

S M T W TH F SA1

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19 20 21 22

23 24 25 26 27 28 29

30 31

JANUARY

S M T W TH F SA1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 19

20 21 22 23 24 25 26

27 28

S M T W TH F SA1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 19

20 21 22 23 24 25 26

27 28 29 30 31

S M T W TH F SA1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

17 18 19 20 21 22 23

24 25 26 27 28 29 30

S M T W TH F SA1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16 17 18 19 20 21

22 23 24 25 26 27 28

29 30 31


5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18

19 20 21 22 23 24 25

26 27 28 29 30

S M T W TH F SA1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

17 18 19 20 21 22 23

24 25 26 27 28 29 30

31

S M T W TH F SA1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20

21 22 23 24 25 26 27

28 29 30 31


4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16 17

18 19 20 21 22 23 24

25 26 27 28 29 30

S M T W TH F SA1

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19 20 21 22

23 24 25 26 27 28 29

30 31

S M T W TH F SA1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 19

20 21 22 23 24 25 26

27 28 29 30


4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16 17

18 19 20 21 22 23 24

25 26 27 28 29 30 31

FEBRUARY

MARCH APRIL

MAY JUNE

JULY AUGUST

SEPTEMBER OCTOBER

NOVEMBER DECEMBER

NotesN

OTES

wire rope sling

Documents